3 Elec. System, Warning System, Information System, Instruments-Volvo EC290BLC

Service Information
Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electrical system, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical system, description

This section of the service manual describes the design and construction of the electrical system and all included
components. This section also contains functional description, troubleshooting and method instructions for servicing.
The electrical system consists, in part, of electrical and electro-mechanical components such as batteries, switches, solenoid
valves, fuses and relays. The electrical system also consists of a computer-based control system that monitors and controls
machine functions.
In order to access certain settings in the information system, special service instruments are required; VCADS Pro and
Contronic service display unit. User instructions for VCADS Pro are available in a separate user’s manual while instructions for
the Contronic service display unit are included in the section dealing with the information system.
WARNING
For all servicing of the electrical system, the general instructions must be strictly followed.
Service Information

Electrical system, special Service Information 2014/10/24
instructions for servicing,
general
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, general

WARNING
No changes may be made to the electrical system without prior approval from Volvo. Changes may affect machine
functions and can result in risks for personal injury or machine damage.
WARNING
Carelessness when working with the electrical system may result in risks of serious personal injuries as well as
machine damage.
When working on the electrical system, the following instructions as well as instructions in respective section must
be followed carefully.
Also read instructions in Section Safety and in the Operator's Manual.
WARNING
Always remove watches, rings, bracelets and other metallic objects from the body before starting to work on the
electrical system.
Figure 1
WARNING
Never boost-start the machine by connecting directly to the starter motor. This may result in uncontrolled machine
movements. When using another machine to boost-start, it must not touch the machine that is being started.
Never test if a cable/connection is supplied with electric power by producing "spark". This may permanently damaged
electrical/electronic components.
Service Information

electrical components,
batteries
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, electrical

components, batteries
WARNING
During rapid charging of batteries, always remove the cell caps. During charging, an explosive mixture of oxygen
and hydrogen is formed. A short-circuit, open flame or spark near the battery can cause a powerful explosion.
Always turn off the charging current before disconnecting the charging clamps. Ventilate well, especially if the
battery is being charged in a confined area.
The battery electrolyte contains corrosive sulphuric acid. Remove spilled electrolyte from the skin immediately.
Wash with soap and plenty of water. If electrolyte has splashed into the eyes or on any other sensitive body part,
rinse immediately with plenty of water and contact a physician immediately.
WARNING
The batteries could explode due to the current surge if a fully charged battery is connected to a completely
discharged battery. Since the batteries contain sulphuric acid, this could result in personal injuries.
WARNING
Never charge a frozen battery. Explosion hazard!
 Never disconnect the main electric current or disconnect battery cables when the engine is running.
Figure 1
 The battery's minus connection must always be disconnected before removing or installing components and
connections in the electrical system.
NOTE!
Incorrect handling may cause damage to, for example, control unit/ECU which results in downtime.
Figure 2
 Fully charged batteries must be used when checking the electrical system. If the batteries are not fully charged,
charge them or replace with new batteries.
 During battery charging, the battery terminal cables must always be disconnected from the battery.
 When changing batteries connected in series, the batteries should have the same capacity (for example, 150 Ah).
The batteries should be of the same age (equally good).
The reason for this is that the charging current required to give the battery a certain charge varies with the age of
the battery.
 Only batteries may be used as assistant starting devices.
An auxiliary starter unit and/or batteries connected in series to assist when starting may result in high (excess)
voltage and can seriously damage electronic/electric components.
Service Information

electrical components,
alternator and charging
regulator
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, electrical

components, alternator and charging regulator
 Before any alternator or regulator tests are performed, the batteries and electrical cabling must be checked for
insulation, loose connections and corrosion. Check the alternator belts. All eventual defects according to the above
must be corrected before starting any electrical testing.
 Check the alternator belt and, if needed, make any necessary adjustment/repairs before troubleshooting. At correct
belt tension, the belt should "give" when pressure is applied to it, measurement according to figure.
Figure 1
NOTICE
Always connect cabling in a safe manner and make sure that cables are free from rust/dirt. A disconnected
cable may cause damage to both alternator and charging regulator.
NOTICE
Never disconnect the alternator connections when the engine is running. This may damage both alternator
and charging regulator.
NOTICE
Make sure that the alternator plus connection is not connected to the frame. This will damage the
alternator, and may also damage the regulator.
Service Information

electronic components
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, electronic

components
 If a connector on any of the data buses has been damaged, the bus must be replaced.
Note that the two cables included in each data bus are paired and twisted in order to protect them from electrical
interference. Cabling must only be repaired by trained personnel. As an alternative, the entire cable harness can be
completely replaced.
NOTE!
Electronic equipment is sensitive and may easily be damaged by electro-magnetic fields and/or by static electricity from
tools or the human body. Therefore, always follow the instructions below when performing work involving electronic
components.
The following instructions must be followed in order to meet the requirements for electro-magnetic compatibility (EMC).
 Connections to an electronic component must never be disconnected when the unit is supplied with electric power,
this may damage the electronics.
 Discharge any static electricity in tools before servicing the electrical system by touching the tool to a metallic
machine part that is connected to the frame.
 Never touch the connector pins on electronic units.
 Avoid touching circuit boards when servicing the electrical system. If this is necessary – only hold the circuit board
by the edges.
 Never touch individual electronic components.
 Make sure that ground cables are securely connected when replacing units.
 Never replace paired, twisted cabling with paired, non-twisted cabling.
Service Information

action when working on
machine
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, action when

working on machine
 For electric welding on the machine, the battery cables must be disconnected and the connectors must be
unplugged from the control units.
 During blasting work on the machine, work very carefully to prevent damage to electrical cabling and components.
 Never aim the water jet directly at electrical components when using a high-pressure washer.
This is especially important when using a combination of warm water and degreasing agents.
 Before drilling or making any other holes in the machine, all electrical components in the area must be located with
great accuracy.
NOTICE
Drilling and other modifications to the cab structure are forbidden! The reason is that the ROPS protection may not
function as intended if the cab structure is modified.
Service Information

Auxiliary start Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Auxiliary start
WARNING
Never boost-start the machine by connecting directly to the starter motor. This may result in uncontrolled machine
movements. When using another machine to boost-start, it must not touch the machine that is being started.
Auxiliary start with start cables

Check the following before connecting;
- That the ignition is OFF in both machines.
- That the machine cannot start to move when started.
- That the machines have the same system voltage.
- That the start cables are dimensioned for the max. current rating that the battery can generate.
- Start cables, with regards to cracks, oxidation and other defects.
- That battery cables are intact and connections are connected securely.
- That the machines do not touch each other.
WARNING
When using start cables, the positive and negative connection must not come into contact. Risk of personal injury.
Connect start cables as follows:
Figure 1
Connecting start cables
- Connect the first start cable (A) to the battery's plus terminal (1) on the machine to be started.
- Connect the other end of the cable (A) to the battery's plus terminal (2) on the assisting machine.
- Connect the other start cable (B) to the battery's minus terminal (3) on the assisting machine.
- Connect the other end of the cable (B) to the frame (4) on the machine to be started. Check that good electric contact is
obtained.
Auxiliary start:
- Check that the start cables are connected securely and correctly (figure).
- Start the engine in the assisting machine.
- Start the engine in the machine to be started. If the engine does not started within 30 seconds, wait for at least two
minutes before the next start attempt.
Remove the start cables follows:
Figure 2
Removing start cables
- Remove the cable (B) from the frame (1) on the machine that has been started with auxiliary start.
- Remove the other end of the start cable (B) from the battery's minus terminal (2) on the assisting machine.
- Remove the cable (A) from the battery's plus terminal (3) on the assisting machine.
- Remove the other end of the start cable (A) from the battery's plus terminal (4) on the machine that has been started with
auxiliary start.
Service Information

Electronic control system, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electronic control system, description

General vehicle electronics
The new vehicle electronics, based on the data bus principle, lay the foundation for being able to proceed with development
and design of the system.
The improved diagnostic possibility makes for easier, faster and safer troubleshooting.
Further, the operator’s demand for information is fulfilled, through added functionality of the instrument, with the possibility
of obtaining read-outs of important information from the different electronic control units.
Conventional control system
Figure 1
Conventional system with connections
In principle, a conventional control system is designed in such a way that one or several of the vehicle’s components have
their own control unit that receives signals from various sensors (earlier generations of excavators have only been equipped
with a vehicle control system). Each control unit serves its own component and sends signals to the other control units and
operating controls by way of electrical cabling.
For example, an engine control unit that receives signals from various sensors on the engine and eventually from other
control units on the vehicle. Engine speed control switch position, travel speed signal, etc. are sent to the engine control unit
by way of cabling from different sensors and switches.
There must be one or several connections (sockets) in the system, where tools can be plugged in for programming and for
read-out of information and eventual error codes.
In the future, the individual machine components will require several control units per component, and machine electronics
will become increasingly complex. In time, this will limit the possibilities for a conventional control system to handle its task.
Data bus system
Figure 2
All control units (ECU) are connected via data buses
Volvo CE’s new vehicle electronics are based on the principle that all communication between the control units in the system
takes place by way of two data buses.
The main vehicle components are equipped with their own control units, that are connected to the buses for communication
with each other.
Simplified, this can be described as follows; when the operator wants to increase speed, a signal is sent from the engine
speed control switch or pedal (T mode) to the vehicle control unit and, through a data bus, the signal is transmitted to the
engine control unit.
The engine control unit communicates with the other control units by way of the buses, either by asking a question or by
receiving direct communication that all is in order to be able to "execute the command".
If a malfunction should appear in a system, a signal is sent out on the information bus, which makes it possible to read the
information, either on the operator’s instrument, with the Contronic service display unit, or with a VCADS Pro connected to
the service connection.
The data bus system provides a very flexible solution with extensive add-on possibilities.
Service Information

Communication with data Service Information 2014/10/24
buses
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Communication with data buses
Figure 1
Communication
E-ECU Engine control unit A Input data to E-ECU, i.e. air temperature, engine speed
I-ECU Instrument control unit B Output data from E-ECU, i.e. fuel volume
V-ECU Vehicle control unit C Input data to I-ECU, i.e. keyboard
CAN/ Control bus serial data 256 k bps D Output data from I-ECU, i.e. display figures, control lights
J1939
J1708/ Information bus serial data 9.6 k bps E Input data to V-ECU, i.e. engine speed control switch
J1587
IS Service socket fro service display unit , F Output data from V-ECU, i.e. power shift current
VCADS Pro and MATRIS
General
The vehicle electronics are based on the principle that all communication between control units in the system takes place via
two data buses.
The machine's four control units are connected to the buses to be able to communicate with each other.
Communication between the different control units as well as reporting from control units to service sockets takes place on
data buses CAN/J1939 and J1708/J1587.
The buses adhere to SAE-standard and consist of two pair-twisted cables. The purpose of the twisting is to protect the bus
from electrical interference.
If a malfunction should occur in the system, a signal is sent on the information bus, making it possible to read the
information, either on the operator's instruments or via the service display unit or VCADS Pro.
The figure shows the principle for how the control units and service sockets are connected to the buses.
CAN/J1939 control bus
The system's control signals are sent via this bus. The control bus is very fast, which is a requirement for control of the whole
system to function and quickly adapt to varying conditions.
The main communication alternative is the CAN/J1939 bus. However, for E–ECU, some control data is only sent on the
J1708/J1587 bus.
J1708/J1587 information bus
The information bus is connected to the control units and service socket. Information and diagnostic signals are sent on this
bus. In addition, some control data is sent from the engine control unit via this bus.
The bus also functions as "back-up" for the control bus if it doesn't work for some reason.
Via the information bus, the system's status is updated continuously and is available for reading.
By connecting the service display unit or VCADS Pro to service sockets, it's possible to read error codes, perform tests, empty
logged information, upload parameters and upload software.
Service Information

Data buses, function Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Data buses, function
Figure 1
The oscilloscope display shows voltage level on the data bus
Data buses constitute a way to transmit information between different components.

In conventional systems, primarily analogue signals have been used. Analogue signals mean that different voltage levels
represent different values.
A simplified example of analogue signals:
1 Volt = 10 °C (50 °F), 2 Volt = 20 °C (68 °F), 3 Volt = 30 °C (86 °F), etc.
Data buses use digital communication. This means that voltage only varies between two different values, either "high" or
"low". By combining these high and low signals, it is possible to describe different values.
The illustration shows an oscilloscope display where voltage is measured on the data bus. As is evident in the illustration, the
greatest part of the time is "silent" on the bus, but every so often, a number of fast impulses can be seen. A collection of
impulses is called a message.
The enlarged oscilloscope display shows a message that consists of a combination of high and low voltage levels.
Messages and information content
Figure 2
Information content
The different voltage levels are represented by the different digits in the binary number system. The binary number system
only has two digits, ones and zeros.
The ones normally represent a high voltage, and the zeros represent a low voltage.
Note in the example from the oscilloscope display, in this case, ones are shown as low voltage and zeros are shown as high
voltage, and this depends on which bus and on which cables the measurement is performed.
Every individual binary digit is called a "bit". This message consists of four groups of binary digits.
The start and stop bits are shaded since they do not contain any information.
Each group constitutes 1 Byte = 8 bits. One Byte can represent a value between 0 (0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0) and 255 (128+64
+32+16+8+4+2+1).
Figure shows the information content in the four different parts of the message.
The square in the illustration shows the different binary and decimal values that the information in the message contains.
NOTE!
The information is sent out on the bus with the "lowest" digit first of the binary digits. The normal way of noting binary
numbers is shown in the square in the illustration.
Figure 3
Voltage levels binary data
The purpose of the start and stop bits is only to function as markers for where the group begins and ends. In figure, only the
start and stop bits are marked, the other information is shaded.
Identification number
Figure 4
Identification of control units and components
Abbreviation Explanation
MID Message Identification D escription (identification of control unit). There is a unique number for each
control unit.
PID Parameter Identification D escription (identification of parameter/value). There is a unique number for
each parameter.
PPID Proprietary Parameter I dentification Description (Volvo-uniqueidentification of parameter/value).

There is a Volvo-unique number for each parameter.
SID Subsystem Identification D escription (identification of component). The SID-number depends on which
control unit (MID) that they are sent from. Each control unit has its own number series for SID. The
exceptions are SID-numbers 151 –255 which are general for all systems.
PSID Proprietary Subsystem I dentification Description. (Volvo-uniqueidentification of component).
FMI Failure Mode I dentifier (identification of failure type).

Figure 5
Identification of control units and components
The message consists of four parts, A, B, C and D.
Message on data bus
Part Explanation
A MID. MID 128 shows that the message comes from the engine control unit.
B PID. PID 100 shows component oil pressure sensor.
C Data part. In this example, it is shown what the engine oil pressure is. The value can vary between 000 for
minimum oil pressure and 255 for maximum oil pressure.
D Check sum. In this example, 240. The check sum is a check that the message is reasonable.
Service Information

Service connection and Service Information 2014/10/24
programming connection
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Service connection and programming connection
Figure 1
Electronic system architecture
E-ECU Engine control unit J1587 Information bus serial data 9.6 k bps
V-ECU Vehicle control unit Service Service display unit
controni
c
MDU Machine display unit MATRIS MAchine TRacking Information System
J1939 Control bus serial data 256 k bps VCADS Volvo Computer Aided Diagnostic System Professional
Pro
Figure 2
Electronic system architecture (I-ECU equipped)
E-ECU Engine control unit J1587 Information bus serial data 9.6 k bps
I-ECU Instrument control unit Service Service display unit
controni
c
V-ECU Vehicle control unit MATRIS MAchine TRacking Information System
J1939 Control bus serial data 256 k bps VCADS Volvo Computer Aided Diagnostic System Professional
Pro
Figure 3
Service socket
The service connection (socket) and programming socket are located by the radio.
The service socket is connected to the information bus and is used for communication with the following external
equipment.
VCADS Pro is the PC-tool used for:
 Programming of control units

 Downloading of vehicle parameters
 Reading of error codes
 Testing and checking of functions/components
When troubleshooting, this is of very significant importance, since all vital parts in the vehicle electronics can be checked
with VCADS Pro.
Service Contronicservice display unit is used for:
 Reading of error codes

 Setting of certain customer parameters
 Showing machine information/status for engine and hydraulics
 Showing software (program) version in control unit
 Showing status of inputs and outputs on control units
MATRIS is Volvo CE’s PC software for reading vehicle history. Logged vehicle parameters are compiled, processed and
presented in the form of different diagrams.
Service Information

Instrument control unit I- Service Information 2014/10/24
ECU, function description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Instrument control unit I-ECU, function description
Figure 1
I-ECU, position
The Instrument electronic control unit (I-ECU) is located in the cab on the right side of the steering wheel.
The I-ECU displays the information received from the sensors and switches of the machine to alert the operator of any
abnormality.
All control lamps should be checked daily and replaced if burnt-out because the indicators alert the operator of a failure in
the machine.
The I-ECU contains a coolant temperature gauge, fuel gauge and alert indicators to show machine conditions.
Figure 2
I-ECU
The I-ECU receives information on the data bus. The information is processed and presented on the information display.
Functions
 The engine speed and the actual work mode (P-, T-, W-mode) are shown on the display window.
 Values for battery voltage, hammer operating hour (option) and error codes can also be shown on the display
window and in some cases changed.
I-ECU, checking
Before engine starting
 Before starting the engine, if you turn the start switch to the ON position all lamps are turned ON for 3 seconds. At
the same time the buzzer is operated 2 times with the cycle of 1.0 second ON and 1.0 second OFF.
 Check if all indicator lights come on, and if not, check for burnt-out light bulbs, and the plug–in connectors
(connector A, B) of the printed circuit board.
After engine starting
 Before start–up, the battery charge warning lamp and engine oil pressure warning lamp remain ON.
 Once the engine starts, the above indicators should go out.
 When the engine is run at very low speed, the battery charge warning lamp may remain ON. If this happens,
increase the engine speed, and check if the light goes off. If it remains ON, it is necessary to check the charging
system.
 If the engine oil pressure warning lamp remains ON for 2 ~ 3 seconds after the engine is running, stop the engine
and check the engine lubricating system.
Service Information

Engine control unit E-ECU, Service Information 2014/10/24
function description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Go back to Index Page
Engine control unit E-ECU, function description

Control unit's sensors
The D7D engine's injection system is controlled completely by electronics with regards to injected amount and injection
timing. The system is called EMS (Engine Management System).
This section briefly describes the parts that are mounted on the engine. A number of other parts affect the system, for
example, the sensor for engine speed.
The central part in the system, control unit E-ECU, is located on the right side of the air cleaner. All cable connections for the
engine sensors have connectors with DIN-standard.
Figure 1
E-ECU, position
Control unit
The control unit E-ECU is the central part of the injection system. The unit is mounted in brackets with rubber dampers.
The E-ECU receives continuous information from V-ECU (requested engine speed) and a number of sensors on the engine. It
also calculates the fuel amount and at what time the fuel should be injected into the cylinders.
The E-ECU stores information if a malfunction should occur, or if something in the system is abnormal. Even malfunctions
that occur sporadically are stored in the control unit and can thus be traced at a later time.
Functions
 Fuel amounts, injection pump

 Temperatures
 Preheating coil, preheating
 Operating speed (rpm)
Service Information

Engine control unit E-ECU, Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Engine control unit E-ECU, function description

Control unit's sensors
The D7E engine's injection system is controlled completely by electronics with regards to injected amount and injection
timing. The system is called EMS 2 (Engine Management System 2).
This section briefly describes the parts that are mounted on the engine. A number of other parts affect the system, for
example, the sensor for engine speed.
The central part in the system, control unit E-ECU, is located on the right side of the air cleaner. All cable connections for the
engine sensors have connectors with DIN-standard.
Control unit
Figure 1
Engine control unit
The control unit E-ECU is the central part of the injection system. The unit is mounted in brackets with rubber dampers.
The E-ECU receives continuous information from V-ECU (requested engine speed) and a number of sensors on the engine. It
also calculates the fuel amount and at what time the fuel should be injected into the cylinders.
The E-ECU stores information if a malfunction should occur, or if something in the system is abnormal. Even malfunctions
that occur sporadically are stored in the control unit and can thus be traced at a later time.
Functions
 Control of fuel injection (Common Rail)

 Fuel amounts, injection pump
 Temperatures
 Preheating coil, preheating
 Operating speed (rpm)
 Monitoring of IEGR valve (T3 only)
Service Information

Vehicle control unit V-ECU, Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Vehicle control unit V-ECU, function description
Figure 1
Vehicle control unit, position
The vehicle control unit is mounted on the inside right hand cab wall.
The vehicle control unit is the controlling node in the system. It contains overall functionality that is vehicle related. Overall
strategic decisions are made in the vehicle control unit.
It controls, regulates and monitors the hydraulics. Information is sent out/read in on the data bus for coordination with the
other control units.
Functions
 Self diagnosis
 Machine status indication
 Mode selection
 Engine speed sensing power control
 Auto idling
 Auto and one touch power boost
 Safe start and stop
 Auto travel speed control
 Emergency control
 Pump flow control
Inputs and outputs
Inputs ECU Outputs

Digital Digital
SW2704 Emergency switch (EMS Flow control proportional MA9101
power check) valve (signal)
Emergency switch (IVS)
SW9105 Quickfit switch (confirm) Air cleaner clogging LC2501
warning lamp
SW3301 Engine start switch (R2) Power shift proportional MA9102
Engine start switch (ACC) valve (signal)
SW9107 Boost/hammer/shear Air preheating indication LC2502
selection switch lamp
SW9109 Control lever switch, Engine coolant LC2601
rotator left temperature warning
lamp
SW9110 Control lever switch, Radiator coolant level LC2602
rotator right warning lamp
SE9102 Hammer pilot pressure V-ECU status MDU
switch
SW9104 Quickfit switch Travel speed selection MA9103
solenoid valve
SW9103 Travel speed selection Boom conflux shut off MA9105
switch solenoid valve
SW2703 Auto idling selection switch Power boost solenoid MA9107
valve
SW2702 Power maximum mode Arm conflux shut off MA9106
selection switch solenoid valve
SE9103 Travel pilot pressure switch Battery relay RE3101
SE9101 Attach pilot pressure EMS power shut off relay RE3701
switch
MA9117 Hammer selection solenoid Float position solenoid MA9120
valve valve
SW9116 Float position switch Float position indicator LC9112
lamp
SE9111 Float position pilot
pressure switch
SE8501 Safety lever switch
Analogue Analogue
SW2701 Engine speed control Not used
switch
SW9101 Flow control switch
Service Information

function description (I -ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Vehicle control unit V-ECU, function description (I -ECU equipped)
Figure 1
The V-ECU is mounted on the inside right hand cab wall.

The V-ECU is equipped with I-ECU and E-ECU with SAE J1587 and J1939 data link.
The V-ECU a main controller which controls solenoids, relays and proportional hydraulics solenoids according to switches in
cabin and sensors from machine with CAN communication with I-ECU and E-ECU in the Volvo crawler excavator.
And also it manages machine data logging to give service people machine information.
Functions
 Self-diagnosis
 Machine information display
 Mode selection
 Boost
 Code lock
 Service contronic driving
 Data logging
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Tier 3 engine equipped
Figure 1
Functions
 Self diagnosis
 Mode selection
 Auto idling
Input signal
No Component Pin No Signal type Input type

1 Travel speed selection switch A18 plus digital
2 Safety lever switch A20 plus digital
3 Tilt / grab selection switch A22 plus digital
4 Quickfit switch A23 plus digital
5 Shear selection switch A45 plus digital
6 Overload selection switch A46 plus digital
7 IVS ( emergency switch) A47 plus digital
8 X3 RH switch A51 plus digital
9 Air conditioner compressor switch A52 plus digital
10 X3 LH switch A57 plus digital
11 Hammer selection switch A68 plus digital
12 Float position switch A69 plus digital
13 Rotator switch A70 plus digital
14 Boost/hammer switch B1 plus digital
15 Start key (R2) B2 plus digital
16 Start key (ACC) B9 plus digital
17 Quickfit swtich (buzzer stop) A16 ground digital
18 Float position pressure switch A17 ground digital
19 Attach pilot pressure switch A19 ground digital
20 Overload pressure switch A41 ground digital
21 Quickfit switch (confirm) A42 ground digital
22 Travel pilot pressure switch A43 ground digital
23 P mode switch A44 ground digital
24 Hammer pilot pressure switch A66 ground digital
25 Automatic idling switch A67 ground digital
26 Contronic key “V” A1 digital
27 Contronic key “#” A24 digital
28 Contronic key “>” A25 digital
29 Contronic key “*” A48 digital
30 X1 proportional switch B3 PWM
31 X3 proportional switch B10 PWM
32 Fuel level sensor A15 analog
33 Engine speed control switch A39 analog
34 Temperature sensor A40 analog
Output signal
No Component Pin No Signal type Input type

1 V-ECU status A34 clock digital
2 Boost solenoid A36 plus digital
3 Conflux cutoff solenoid A37 plus digital
4 Travel motor solenoid A38 plus digital
5 Float position solenoid A59 plus digital
6 Start lock relay A58 plus digital
7 Battery relay cutoff relay A61 plus digital
8 Contronic — clock A2 digital
9 Contronic — data A26 digital
10 Contronic — enable A49 digital
11 Power shift proportional valve A32 analog
12 Flow control proportional valve A56 analog
13 X1 LH proportional valve (solenoid) A6 analog (digital)
14 X1 RH proportional valve (solenoid) A55 analog (digital)
15 X3 LH proportional valve A8 analog
16 X3 RH proportional valve A31 analog
17 Cooler proportional valve A9 analog
18 J1939 H B14 communication
19 J1939 L B6 communication
20 J1587 A B12 communication
21 J1587 B B4 communication
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Functions
 Self diagnosis
 Mode selection
 Auto idling
Input signal
Pin No Component Description Input type

VA1 – Contronic key “V” digital
VA15 SE2303 Fuel level sensor analog
VA16 SW9160 Quickfit switch (buzzer stop) digital
VA17 SE9140 Float position pressure switch digital
VA19 SE9111 Attach pilot pressure switch digital
VA20 RE3301 Safety lever switch digital
VA23 MA9109 Quickfit switch digital
VA24 – Contronic key “#” digital
VA25 – Contronic key “>” digital
VA39 SW2701 Engine speed control switch analog
VA42 SW9160 Quickfit switch (confirm) digital
VA43 SE4306 Travel pilot pressure switch digital
VA44 SW9110 P mode switch digital
VA45 MA9118 Shear selection switch digital
VA47 SW2704 IVS ( emergency switch) digital
VA66 SE9112 Hammer pilot pressure switch digital
VA67 SW2703 Automatic idling switch digital
VA68 MA9117 Hammer selection switch digital
VA69 SW9158 Float position switch digital
VA70 MA9110 / MA9111 Rotator switch digital
VB1 SW9107 Boost/hammer switch digital
VB2 SW3301 Start key (R2) digital
VB9 SW3301 Start key (ACC) digital
Output signal
Pin No Component Description Input type

VA2 – Contronic – clock digital
VA9 RE4203 Travel alarm relay digital
VA26 – Contronic – data digital
VA32 PWM9109 Power shift proportional valve digital
VA34 – V-ECU status digital
VA36 MA9107 Boost solenoid digital
VA37 MA9105 Conflux cutoff solenoid digital
VA38 SW4202 Travel motor solenoid digital
VA49 – Contronic – enable digital
VA56 PWM9109 Flow control proportional valve digital
VA61 RE3101 Battery relay cutoff relay digital
Service Information

specifications
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Vehicle control unit V-ECU, specifications

Vehicle control unit, V-ECU connector, specifications
Items Connector Housing

JA Micro timer & JPT 70 pin connector AMP 1-963484-1, terminal JPT(X10)
AMP 929939-1, wire seal for JPT
AMP 828904-1, terminal MT-2(X60)
AMP 962876-1, wire seal for MT-2
AMP 963530-1
JB JPT 16 pin connector AMP 1-963215-1, terminal
AMP 929939-1, wire seal
AMP 828904-1
Connector (JA) pin, specifications
No Description No Description
1 Contronics key “V” 36 Power boost solenoid valve
2 Contronics clock 37 Conflux cut off solenoid valve
3 Not connected 38 Travel motor solenoid valve relay
4 Not connected 39 Engine speed control switch signal
5 Power shift proportional valve ground 40 Not connected
6 Not connected 41 Not connected
7 Alternator “L” signal 42 Quickfit switch (confirm)
8 Not connected 43 Travel pilot pressure sensor
9 Travel alarm relay 44 Power maximum mode selection switch
10 Not connected 45 Shear selection switch
12 Not connected 47 Emergency RPM control and stop switch (IVS)
13 Not connected 48 Contronics key "*”
14 Rotary switch ground 49 Contronics enable
15 Fuel level sensor 50 Not connected
16 Quickfit switch (buzzer) 51 Not connected
18 High travel speed selection switch status 53 Not connected
19 Attach pilot pressure sensor 54 Not connected
20 Safety lever sensor 55 Not connected
21 Lubrication indication 56 Flow control proportional valve signal
23 Quickfit switch 58 Not connected
24 Contronics key “#” 59 Not connected
25 Contronics key “>” 60 Fuse for power boost solenoid valve
26 Contronics data 61 Battery relay cut off signal
28 Not connected 63 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor ground, Fuel
level sensor ground
30 Flow control proportional valve ground 65 Not connected
31 Not connected 66 Hammer pressure sensor
32 Power shift Proportional valve signal 67 Automatic idling selection switch
33 Fuse for Proportional valve 68 Hammer selection solenoid valve (hammer
operating signal)
34 V-ECU status signal check 69 Not connected
35 Fuse for conflux cut off 70 Rotator switch, left/right
Connector (JB) pin, specifications
1 Boost / hammer / shear selection switch 9 Engine start key (Acc)
2 Engine start key (R2) 10 Not connected
3 Not connected 11 Rotary switch power
4 J1587_B (white color) 12 J1587_A (red color)
6 CAN_L (J1939 L, green color) 14 CAN_H (J1939_ H, yellow color)
7 Battery ground 15 Battery +24 V
Figure 1
V-ECU, connector
A Drain hole
JA Connector, JA
JB Connector, JB
Service Information

specifications
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Vehicle control unit V-ECU, specifications

Vehicle control unit, V-ECU connector, specifications
Items Connector Housing

JA Micro timer & JPT 70 pin connector AMP 1-963484-1, terminal JPT(X10)
AMP 929939-1, wire seal for JPT
AMP 828904-1, terminal MT-2(X60)
AMP 962876-1, wire seal for MT-2
AMP 963530-1
JB JPT 16 pin connector AMP 1-963215-1, terminal
AMP 929939-1, wire seal
AMP 828904-1
Connector (JA) pin, specifications
1 Contronics key “V” 36 Power boost solenoid valve
2 Contronics clock 37 Conflux shut off solenoid valve
3 Not connected 38 Travel motor solenoid valve relay
4 Not connected 39 Engine speed control switch signal
5 Power shift proportional valve ground 40 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
6 Not connected 41 Overload pressure sensor
7 Alternator “L” signal 42 Quickfit switch (confirm)
8 Not connected 43 Travel pilot pressure sensor
9 Hydraulic oil cooler PV+ 44 Power maximum mode selection switch
10 Hydraulic oil cooler PV- 45 Shear selection switch
11 Not connected 46 Overload selection switch
12 Travel alarm signal 47 Emergency RPM control and stop switch (IVS)
13 Not connected 48 Contronics key "*”
14 Rotary switch ground 49 Contronics enable
15 Fuel level sensor 50 Not connected
16 Quickfit switch 51 Not connected
17 Float position pressure sensor 52 Compressor clutch status
18 High travel speed selection switch status 53 Not connected
19 Attach pilot pressure sensor 54 Not connected
20 Safety lever sensor 55 Not connected
21 Lubrication indication 56 Flow control proportional valve signal
23 Quickfit switch 58 Start interlock relay
24 Contronics key “#” 59 Float position solenoid valve
25 Contronics key “>” 60 Fuse for power boost solenoid valve
26 Contronics data 61 Battery relay cut off signal
28 Not connected 63 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor ground, Fuel
level sensor ground
30 Flow control proportional valve ground 65 Not connected
31 Not connected 66 Hammer pressure sensor
32 Power shift Proportional valve signal 67 Automatic idling selection switch
33 Fuse for Proportional valve 68 Hammer selection solenoid valve (hammer
selection check)
34 V-ECU status signal check 69 Float position switch
35 Fuse for conflux shut off 70 Rotator switch, left/right
Connector (JB) pin, specifications
1 Boost / hammer / shear selection switch 9 Engine start key (Acc)
2 Engine start key (R2) 10 Not connected
3 Not connected 11 Rotary switch power
4 J1587_B (white color) 12 J1587_A (red color)
5 Shield ground (J1939) 13 Shield ground (J1587)
6 CAN_L (J1939 L, green color) 14 CAN_H (J1939_ H, yellow color)
Figure 1
V-ECU, connector
A Drain hole
JA Connector, JA
JB Connector, JB
Service Information

Machine display unit, MDU, Service Information 2014/10/24
functional description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Machine display unit, MDU, functional description

NOTE!
For detailed description of MDU, see Machine display unit (MDU), description.
Figure 1
Instrument control unit
The machine display unit receives information on the data bus. The information is processed and presented on the display
window.
Functions
 Values for engine speed, battery voltage, key number, hammer operating hour (option) and setting pump flow
(option) are processed and result in a number of display figures on the display window.
 The engine speed mode and error codes are shown on the display window.
Inputs and outputs
Inputs ECU Outputs

Digital Digital
V-ECU V-ECU status Not used
SW2706 Auto/Manual selection
switch
Analogue Analogue
Not used Not used
Service Information

Control units, software Service Information 2014/10/24
functions
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Control units, software functions

The following describes the conditions for the control functions that the software performs in the control units.
A division has been made according to a two-digit function group described below. However, note that certain functions
include more than one function group.
Service Information

Software functions, related Service Information 2014/10/24
to engine
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Software functions, related to engine

Safe start and stop, engine
The optimal condition of engine start and stop is automatically set by this function.
The engine can be protected from damage which may occur at engine starts or stops.
When start switch is turned START (crank):
 EMS power shut off relay, RE3701 ON

 Battery relay, RE3101 ON
 Start switch signal is transferred to E-ECU.
After engine is running:
 Engine speed is set to the value which corresponds to I2 mode.

 Engine speed is set to the value which corresponds to the mode selected by engine speed control switch, if
operation of operating lever, travel pedal, rotator button or engine speed control switch occurs.
When start switch is turned OFF:
 Start switch signal is transferred to E-ECU.

 Important data are stored in ECUs.
 EMS power shut off relay, RE3701 OFF.
 Battery relay, RE3101 OFF.
Limp home (EMS)
Figure 1
Emergency engine speed control switch
Figure 2
Emergency engine speed control switch (I-ECU equipped)
The function is for emergency operation of engine when malfunction of data bus or V-ECU occurs. If malfunction of data bus
or V-ECU occurs, engine speed will set to the value which corresponds to I2 mode regardless of emergency switch position 1
or 2.
Emergency switch position Out functions

Position 0 (Engine stop) Engine will shut down, if the switch is at this position for more than
three seconds.[ 1] 
Position 1 (Idle speed) Engine speed is set to I2 mode.
Position 2 (High speed) Engine speed is set to H mode.[ 2] 
[ 1]This function is used when the engine is not OFF, even though the start switch is turned to OFF position.
[ 2]G1 mode to North America

Service Information

to hydraulic system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Software functions, related to hydraulic system

Emergency control
Figure 1
Emergency switch
The function is for emergency operation when malfunction of data bus or V-ECU has occurred.
When malfunction of data bus
Power shift proportional valve is provided with maximum current initially. Power shift proportional valve current can be
changed by emergency switch.
Emergency switch position Out functions (when malfunction of data bus)

Position 1 (Idle speed) Power shift proportional valve, maximum output current
Position 2 (High speed) Power shift proportional valve, input current which corresponds to 85% of the
maximum pump output torque
When malfunction of V-ECU
Figure 2
Auto/Manual select switch
If Auto/Manual select switch is switched to position 1 (manual controlled), power shift proportional valve input current is set
to the value which corresponds to 85% of the maximum pump output torque.
Mode selection and engine speed sensing power control
The function allows the operator to select the engine speed and work mode according to the working condition and
environment to optimize the machine performance and fuel efficiency.
The V-ECU continuously receives the current engine speed from the E-ECU. It balances engine output horsepower and
hydraulic pump drive horsepower by changing the pump swash angle with driving power shift proportional valve MA9102 to
keep pump torque below the engine torque developed at the selected engine speed. This is called engine speed sensing
power control (ESSPC) and functions in P, H and G modes.
NOTE!
P mode is not applied to North America.
Input signals Conditions for out functions Out functions
 Engine speed control  Engine speed control switch  Power shift proportional valve
switch, SW2701 step-9 input current which
 P mode selection switch,  Power maximum mode selection corresponds to P mode
SW2702 switch pushed[ 1]   Engine speed which
 Engine speed corresponds to P mode
 Engine speed corresponds to H mode
 Engine speed which
corresponds to H mode
 Engine speed control switch  Power shift proportional valve

step-6/7/8 input current which
corresponds to G mode

corresponds to F mode
 Power boost solenoid valve, ON
[ 2] 
 Boom / arm conflux cut-off
solenoid valve, ON
 Travel speed selection solenoid
valve, ON
 Engine speed control switch  Power shift proportional valve,

step-1/2 input current which
corresponds to I mode
P mode (Full duty operation)
 P (Power max) mode functions on the power maximum mode selection switch SW2702 ON with step-9 of the
engine speed control switch SW2701 to maximize working capacity and working speed by utilizing 100% of the
rated engine output horsepower.
This mode is for heavy duty excavating operations which require powerful digging and lifting force.
H mode (Heavy duty operation)
 H mode functions on step-9 of the engine speed control switch SW2701 and the power max mode selection switch
SW2702 OFF to increase the working capacity and working speed by utilizing 95% of the rated engine output
horsepower.
 This mode is for slightly heavy duty excavating operations which require powerful digging and lifting force.
G mode (General duty operation)
 G mode functions over a 3 step range as follows:

Step-6/7/8 utilize 90% of the rated engine output horsepower and is recommended for general duty operations
that are below the level which require maximum engine output.
 These positions provide the most efficient, fuel saving, economical machine performance for general excavating
and loading operations.
F mode (Fine duty operation)
 Fmode functions over a 3 step range as follows:

Step-3/4/5 utilize 70% of the rated engine output horsepower, however at each step this mode outputs a constant
current to the power shift proportional valve MA9102 on the hydraulic pump to set and hold the swash plate angle
for consistent pump discharge.
At the same time, the V-ECU activates the boom / arm conflux cut-off solenoid valves MA9105 / MA9106 and shuts
off summation of the two hydraulic pumps when operating the boom or arm.
Also, the V-ECU activates the power boost solenoid valve MA9107. It provides fine controllability for precise smooth
movements and maximum lifting force at mid-range engine speeds.
 This mode is recommended for finishing/levelling work and when fine precision control of the boom and arm is
essential.
I mode (Idling operation)
 I mode functions over a 2 step range as follows:

Both steps minimize the output of the pumps.
Step-1 is the low idle speed set at engine starting.
Step-2 is the auto idle speed and is available if the auto idling selection switch SW2703 is in the ON position.
Engine speed and work mode except North America
Steps Mode Engine speed Max. pump Power shift Remarks

(±40 rpm) input torque, current (±10 mA)
(no load / load) kg·m (lbf·ft) (no load / load)
9 Power P 2000 / above 1900 70.0 (506.3) 215 / variable - P mode selection switch: ON
maximu - Engine speed sensing power
m control
Heavy H 1900 / above 1800 66.5 (481.0) 260 / variable - P mode selection switch: OFF
- Engine speed sensing power
control
8 General G1 1800 / above 1700 63.0 (455.7) 300 / variable - Engine speed sensing power
7 G2 1700 / above 1600 control
6 G3 1600 / above 1500

5 Fine F1 1500 / - 49.0 (354.4) 450 - Automatic power boost
4 F2 1400 / - - Boom / arm conflux cut-off
- Travel low speed mode
3 F3 1300 / -
2 Idle I1 1000 / - - 525 - Automatic idling
1 I2 800 / - - Engine start
Engine speed and work mode for North America

9 Heavy H 2000 / above 1900 70.0 (506.3) 215 / variable - Engine speed sensing power
control
7 G2 1800 / above 1700 63.0 (455.7) 300 / variable control
6 G3 1700 / above 1600

3 F3 1300 / -
Auto idling
The function reduces fuel consumption and lowers noise levels, enhancing operator comfort and machine profitability.
After the engine has decelerated, if the operator touches one of the remote control valves (control levers, pedals) or turns
the engine speed control switch or pushes one of the rotator switches, engine speed is increased to the selected speed of
the engine speed control switch.
 Auto idling selection  Engine speed control switch  Power shift proportional valve
switch, SW2703 mode-F3/F2/F1/G3/G2/G1/H/P input current which
 Attachment pilot pressure [ 3] corresponds to I1 mode
switch, SE9101  Auto idling selection switch on  Engine speed which
 Travel pilot pressure  No operation of attachment pilot corresponds to I1 mode
switch, SE9103 pressure switch
 Engine speed control  No operation of travel pilot
switch, SW2701 pressure switch
 Control lever switch  No operation of engine speed
rotator turning left, control switch
SW9109  No operation of control lever
 Control lever switch switch rotator turning left
rotator turning right,  No operation of control lever
SW9110 switch rotator turning right
 Engine speed  5 seconds lapse
 Float position pilot  No operation of float position
pressure switch, SE9111 pilot pressure switch
Pump flow control

Pump flow control is used to optimize and limit pump flow for operating the hammer or optional equipment to increase the
durability of hammer and related components. Therefore it is possible to apply variable flow range of optional equipment.
 Flow control switch,  Hammer pilot pressure switch ON  Flow control proportional valve,
SW9101  Flow control switch step from 1 to input current which
 Hammer pilot pressure 9 corresponds to the set value of
switch, SE9102 flow control switch
 Hammer pilot pressure switch OFF  Flow control proportional valve,
input current 0 mA
Flow control switch step Pump flow rate, lpm (gallon/m) Flow control current (± 10 mA)
9 250 (66) 280
8 220 (58) 355
7 200 (53) 380
6 170 (45) 420
5 150 (40) 445
4 120 (32) 485
3 100 (26) 510
2 70 (18) 545
1 40 (11) 610
Pump flow rate is at rated engine speed, one pump flow control.
This is changed in accordance with engine rpm.
Auto and one-touch power boost
Auto power boost
When high pressure is required like travelling in fixed speed or high pressure is needed for fine control (F-mode), working
pressure will be boosted automatically by the V-ECU to enhance machine performance.
One-touch power boost
The function is for additional excavating force or precise digging unit control.
 Engine speed control  Engine speed control switch, F  Power boost solenoid valve ON
switch, SW2701 mode
 Travel pilot pressure  Travel pedal in operation  Power boost solenoid valve ON
switch, SE9103  Operating levers in neutral
 Boost/ hammer/ shear  Boost/ hammer/ shear selection  Power boost solenoid valve ON
selection switch, SW9107 switch, boost position for 9 seconds
 Control lever switch  Control lever switch boost/
boost/ hammer, SW9108 hammer pushed
Auto travel speed control

Auto speed mode
Travel speed modes can be selected according to the soil condition and the type of work.
If the travel speed selection switch is on the high (travel symbol) position, 1st and 2nd automatic speed change position,
the swash plate of the travel motor will be automatically changed. The travelling speed is controlled automatically to the 1st
(low) or 2nd (high) speed according to the load on the travel motor.
Low speed mode
If the travel speed selection switch is on the low (no symbol) or the engine speed control switch is on the F mode position (3
- 5 steps), the travel speed is held in 1st speed, regardless of the load on the travel motor.
WARNING
When loading the machine onto a transport, or when precise travel operation is required, the travel mode switch
must be in the low position to prevent an abrupt change of travel speed, since it could result in an accident.
 Travel speed selection  Travel speed selection switch low  Travel speed selection solenoid
switch, SW9103 position valve OFF
 Travel speed selection  Travel speed selection switch high  Travel speed selection solenoid
switch, SW9103 position valve ON
 Travel pilot pressure  Travel pilot pressure switch ON
switch, SE9103
switch, SE9103  Engine speed control switch
 Engine speed control step-3 to 5
switch, SW2701
 Travel pilot pressure  Travel pilot pressure switch OFF  Travel speed selection solenoid
switch, SE9103 valve OFF
[ 1]P mode and H mode are selected in rotation each push of P mode selection switch.
[ 2]See 91 Auto and one-touch power boost.
[ 3]mode-F3/F2/F1/G3/G2/G1/H for North America

Service Information

to hydraulic system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Emergency control
Figure 1
Emergency switch
The function is for emergency operation when malfunction of data bus or V-ECU has occurred. For engine speed according
to emergency switch, see Limp home (EMS).
Emergency switch position Out functions (When malfunction of V-ECU)


Figure 2
If Auto/Manual select switch is switched to position 1 (manual controlled), power shift proportional valve output current is
set to the value which corresponds to 85% of the maximum pump input torque.
NOTE!
In manual mode, the engine can be started by the ignition key even if the control lockout lever is up position.

NOTE!
 Power max mode  Power max mode selection switch corresponds to P mode
selection switch, SW2702 pushed[ 1]   Engine speed which

[ 2] 
solenoid valve, ON
valve, ON

 P (Power maximum) mode functions on the P mode selection switch SW2702 ON with step-9 of the engine speed
control switch SW2701 to maximize working capacity and working speed by utilizing 100% of the rated engine
output horsepower.
 H mode functions on step-9 of the engine speed control switch SW2701 and the power maximum mode selection
switch SW2702 OFF to increase the working capacity and working speed by utilizing 95% of the rated engine
output horsepower.


At the same time, the V-ECU activates the boom / arm conflux shut-off solenoid valves MA9105 / MA9106 and
shuts off summation of the two hydraulic pumps when operating the boom or arm.
essential.


9 Power P 1900 / above 1800 73.6 (531.4 ) 210 / variable - P mode selection switch: ON
m control
control
6 G3 1500 / above 1400

3 F3 1200 / -

control
6 G3 1600 / above 1500

3 F3 1300 / -
Auto idling

Auto power boost
switch, SW2701 mode
 Control lever switch  control lever switch boost/

Auto speed mode
If the travel speed selection switch is on the high (travel symbol) position, 1st and 2nd automatic speed change position, the
swash plate of the travel motor will be automatically changed. The travelling speed is controlled automatically to the 1st
Low speed mode
WARNING
switch, SE9103
switch, SW2701
Float position
Float position means that both the boom cylinder piston and piston rod are connected to the hydraulic tank. This means
that only the weight of the arm and bucket lowers the boom when right control lever is pushed forward.
Float position is a function that is used when the bucket is moved along irregular objects like underground bedrock to do
levelling operation.
If the engine stops with float position switch ON, this function is still effective when the engine is restarted.
 Float position switch,  Float position switch ON  Instrument panel indicator lamp ON
SW9116  Float position Solenoid valve ON
 Float position pilot
pressure switch, SE9111
 With float position switch ON,  Instrument panel indicator lamp OFF
press the float position switch  Float position solenoid valve OFF
again
[ 1]P mode and H mode are selected in rotation each push of power max mode selection switch.
[ 2]See 91 Auto and one-touch power boost

Service Information

to hydraulic system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Engine speed and work mode
See, 270 Engine - Pump control, specification.
Service Information

to hydraulic system (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Software functions, related to hydraulic system (I-ECU equipped)

Emergency control
Figure 1
Emergency switch


Figure 2
NOTE!


[ 2] 
solenoid valve, ON
valve, ON

output horsepower.
output horsepower.


essential.


9 Power P 2000 / above 1900 70.0 (506.3) 215 / variable - P mode selection switch: ON
m control
control
6 G3 1600 / above 1500
3 F3 1300 / -

control
6 G3 1700 / above 1600

3 F3 1300 / -
Auto idling

Auto power boost
switch, SW2701 mode
 Control lever switch  control lever switch boost/

Auto speed mode
Low speed mode
WARNING
switch, SE9103
switch, SW2701
Float position
If the engine stops with float position switch ON, this function is still effective when the engine is restarted.
 Float position switch,  Float position switch ON  Instrument panel indicator lamp ON
 Float position pilot
pressure switch, SE9111
 With float position switch ON,  Instrument panel indicator lamp OFF
press the float position switch  Float position solenoid valve OFF
again

Service Information

to hydraulic system (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Software functions, related to hydraulic system (I-ECU equipped)

Emergency control
Figure 1
Emergency switch


Figure 2
hydraulic pump drive horsepower by changing the pump swash angle with driving power shift proportional valve PWM9101
to keep pump torque below the engine torque developed at the selected engine speed. This is called engine speed sensing
NOTE!


[ 2] 
solenoid valve, ON
valve, ON

output horsepower.
output horsepower.


current to the power shift proportional valve PWM9101 on the hydraulic pump to set and hold the swash plate
angle for consistent pump discharge.
essential.

Service Information

to electrical system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Software functions, related to electrical system

Display of error codes
NOTE!
For detailed description of error codes, see Error code, troubleshooting.
The function notifies of error codes for system malfunctions from E-ECU and V-ECU.
Possible system malfunctions:
 ER1X, Controller & Communication error code

 ER2X, Electric error code
 ER3X, Hydraulic error code
 ER4X, Engine error code

Message from E-ECU and V-ECU Malfunctions in E-ECU and V-ECU Main display window of MDU
Service Information

to electrical system (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Software functions, related to electrical system (I-ECU equipped)

Display of error codes
NOTE!
The function notifies of error codes for system malfunctions from E-ECU and V-ECU.
Possible system malfunctions:
 Controller & Communication error code

 Electric error code
 Hydraulic error code
 Engine error code

Message from E-ECU and V-ECU Malfunctions in E-ECU and V-ECU Message center display on I-ECU
Service Information

Fire extinguisher, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fire extinguisher, description

All systems will require periodic maintenance to provide maximum assurance of effective and safe operation
Fire suppression system is suitable for use in the temperature range of -65 °F (-54°C) to 150 °F (66°C). System components
should not be moved from the original position by unauthorized people. For exam-ple, agent cylinders must never be
placed inside engine compart-ments where temperature regularly exceed 150 °F (66°C). If you need more information please
contact a Volvo CE dealer.
Figure 1
A. Agent cylinder assembly

B. Nozzle
C. Control panel
D. Manual actuation switch
E. Thermostat
F. Hose assembly
Service Information

Control unit, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Control unit, description

Special Application Korea ECU (Waste Handler)
Figure 1
ECU
A: Control assembly (ECU)
B: Screw M6 x 12
C: Clip
1. Ground AVS 0.85 B

2. -
3. Select key AVS 0.85 LY
4. +24V AVS 0.85 R
5. MA202+ AVS 0.85 YL
6. MA202– AVS 0.85 G
7. MA204 AVS 0.85 GY
8. MA205 AVS 0.85 RG
Service Information

Fire extinguisher, fault Service Information 2014/10/24
indication
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fire extinguisher, fault indication
Figure 1
Fir extinguisher control panel
If a fault situation occurs in the electric actuator circuit, the red “Fire” LED and the red “Service System” LEDs will illuminate,
the audible alarm will sound, and the relay timer will start. The red “Fire” and “Service System” LEDs will remain lit until the
fault con-dition is repaired.
A typical fault condition in the electric actuator circuit would be: ac-tuator lead broken or missing, disconnected or blown
electric actu-ator, actuator lead shorting to ground etc. This the only situation that will cause this fault indication.
If a fault situation occurs in the detector, agent cylinder pressure switch or power supply circuit, the green “System OK” LED
will turnoff and the red “Service System” LED will illuminate, but the audi-ble alarm and shutdown timer will not be activated.
This can be an indication that the internal circuit breaker has opened due to an over current condition (voltage higher than
30 VDC and/or over 5amps), or power from the vehicle battery has been lost.
The circuit breaker will not reset as long as the problem exists. A fault in the power supply circuit usually means power to the
panel has been lost.
Check power supply fuse and wiring connections at battery and control panel.
A typical fault in the detector circuit would be a broken or shorted wire, wire connections loose or unplugged, thermostat
faulty.
A typical fault in the agent cylinder pressure switch circuit would be a broken wire, disconnected pressure switch, agent
cylinder has lost pressure, cut connection lead from the panel on systems not using the agent cylinder pressure switch etc.
Table showing Circuit Monitor and Control Panel indications under various input conditions:
Panel/ System Condition System OK Fire Alarm Service Audible Internal System
Green LED Red LED System Red Alarm Relay Discharged
LED Transferred
Everything OK On Off Off Off No No
Fire Alarm. System Has Off On On On Yes Yes
Discharged
Fault in Actuator Circuit Off On On On Yes No
Pressure Switch Open Off Off On Off No No
Fault in Heat Detector Off Off On Off No No
Circuit
Power Failure Off Off On Off No No
Back-Up Battery Off Off Off Off No No
Discharged/ Removed
Service Information

Fire extinguisher, fault Service Information 2014/10/24
indication
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fire extinguisher, fault indication
Figure 1
Fir extinguisher control panel
If a fault situation occurs in the electric actuator circuit, the red “Fire” LED and the red “Service System” LEDs will illuminate,
the audible alarm will sound, and the relay timer will start. The red “Fire” and “Service System” LEDs will remain lit until the
fault con-dition is repaired.
A typical fault condition in the electric actuator circuit would be: ac-tuator lead broken or missing, disconnected or blown
electric actu-ator, actuator lead shorting to ground etc. This the only situation that will cause this fault indication.
If a fault situation occurs in the detector, agent cylinder pressure switch or power supply circuit, the green “System OK” LED
will turnoff and the red “Service System” LED will illuminate, but the audi-ble alarm and shutdown timer will not be activated.
This can be an indication that the internal circuit breaker has opened due to an over current condition (voltage higher than
30 VDC and/or over 5amps), or power from the vehicle battery has been lost.
The circuit breaker will not reset as long as the problem exists. A fault in the power supply circuit usually means power to the
panel has been lost.
Check power supply fuse and wiring connections at battery and control panel.
A typical fault in the detector circuit would be a broken or shorted wire, wire connections loose or unplugged, thermostat
faulty.
A typical fault in the agent cylinder pressure switch circuit would be a broken wire, disconnected pressure switch, agent
cylinder has lost pressure, cut connection lead from the panel on systems not using the agent cylinder pressure switch etc.
Table showing Circuit Monitor and Control Panel indications under various input conditions:
Panel/ System Condition System OK Fire Alarm Service Audible Internal System
Green LED Red LED System Red Alarm Relay Discharged
LED Transferred
Everything OK On Off Off Off No No
Fire Alarm. System Has Off On On On Yes Yes
Discharged
Fault in Actuator Circuit Off On On On Yes No
Pressure Switch Open Off Off On Off No No
Fault in Heat Detector Off Off On Off No No
Circuit
Power Failure Off Off On Off No No
Back-Up Battery Off Off Off Off No No
Discharged/ Removed
Service Information

Control units, software 301 Service Information 2014/10/24
functions
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Control units, software functions

The following describes the conditions for the control functions that the software performs in the control units.
A division has been made according to a two-digit function group described below. However, note that certain functions
include more than one function group.
Service Information

Boom float position, 301 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Boom float position, description

If the engine stops with boom float switch ON, this function is still effective when the engine is restarted.
 Boom float switch,  Boom float switch ON  Instrument panel indicator lamp ON
 Float position pressure
sensor, SE9140
 With boom float switch ON,  Instrument panel indicator lamp OFF
press the boom float switch  Float position solenoid valve OFF
again
Service Information

Auto Idle 301 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Auto Idle
 Auto idling switch,  Engine speed control switch  Power shift proportional valve
SW2703 mode-F3/F2/F1/G3/G2/G1/H/P input current which
 Pilot pressure sensor, [ 1] corresponds to I1 mode
SE9111  Auto idling selection switch on  Engine speed which
 Pressure sensor, 2nd  No operation of attachment pilot corresponds to I1 mode
speed travel, SE4306 pressure switch
(SE4216)  No operation of travel pilot
 Engine speed control pressure switch
switch, SW2701  No operation of engine speed
 X3 switch, left-hand, control switch
 X3 switch, right-hand, switch rotator turning left
 Boom float position switch rotator turning right
switch, SE9140  5 seconds lapse
 No operation of float position
pilot pressure switch
Parameter
Code Name Description

ARO Automatic idle delay Automatic idle delay. Changeable to 3 - 10 seconds

Service Information

Power Boost 301 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Power Boost
Auto power boost
switch, SW2701 mode  Boost indicator ON
 Pressure sensor, 2nd  Pressure sensor, 2nd speed travel,  Power boost solenoid valve ON
speed travel, SE4306 SE4306, ON  Boost indicator OFF
 Boom float position switch,
SE9140, OFF, and
 Attach pilot pressure sensor,
SE9111, OFF
 Control lever switch  Control lever switch boost/  Boost indicator ON
boost/ hammer, SW9108 hammer pushed  For repeated button press, one-
touch power boost function is
initiated after finishing 9
seconds turning on.
 Boost/ hammer/ shear selection  Power boost solenoid valve OFF

switch, hammer position electrically. See,
370 Wiring diagram SCH15.
Parameter
Code Name Description

HOQ Boost lasting time Boost lasting time. Changeable to 3 - 255 seconds
Service Information

Automatic travel speed 301 Service Information 2014/10/24
control, description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Automatic travel speed control, description

Auto speed mode
Low speed mode
WARNING
 Travel speed switch,  Travel speed selection switch low  Travel speed selection solenoid
SW4202 position valve OFF
 Travel speed switch,  Travel speed selection switch high  Travel speed selection solenoid
SW4202 position valve ON
 Pressure sensor, 2nd  Travel pilot pressure switch ON
speed travel, SE4306
 Travel speed switch,  Travel speed selection switch high  Travel speed selection solenoid
SW4202 position valve OFF
 Pressure sensor, 2nd  Travel pilot pressure switch ON
speed travel, SE4306  Engine speed control switch
switch, SW2701
 Pressure sensor, 2nd  Travel pilot pressure switch OFF  Travel speed selection solenoid
speed travel, SE4306 valve OFF
Service Information

Software parameters, 301 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Software parameters, description

New Incorrectly set parameters may cause malfunction symptoms. Check the parameter values so that these are reasonable
by comparing them to the correct values and limits. Use VCADS Pro to check the parameters.
There are two types of parameters that can be programmed, machine parameters and customer parameters.
Machine parameters are of the accessory type or legal requirements, and requires on-line connection to the Volvo data base
VDA (Vehicle Data Administration) to enable programming.
Customer parameters do not require on-line connection, they can be programmed directly.
NOTE!
Default set parameters in the description can be different according to the options installed on the machine and to the
changes made during machines lifetime.
Engine control unit (E-ECU, MID 128)
Code Titles in VCADS Pro Default set Set range

Description in VCADS Pro Additional explanation
DN Cust data, Fleet ID – –
The customer unit number can be entered here. –
(maximum 13 characters). The Fleet ID can be set via
the cluster menu.
YA Idle target engine speed 730 rpm 0–2000 rpm
Idle speed, desired value Normal value: 700-900 rpm
Instrument control unit (I-ECU, MID 140)

ABP Anti-theft protection – OFF/ON
Activates the anti-theft device that prevent starting of This parameter is also valid for V-ECU
the vehicle
ABQ Anti-theft protection PIN code 0123 0–9999
Select PIN code for anti-theft device This parameter is also valid for V-ECU
NOTE!
The first ZEROs are not displayed. e.g. '0001' is shown
as '1' while '1000' is shown as '1000'.
ITR Theft Deterrent Time Delay 30 sec 0–9000 sec

After shutdown, the vehicle can be restarted within this –
time limit without identification.
Caretrack control unit (W-ECU, MID 142)

IGU Satellite Modem – OFF/ON
The parameter activates satellite modem function for –
Caretrack. This function also needs hardware to be
installed.
ON: Satellite modem installed.
OFF: Satellite modem not installed.
IHA GSM Modem – OFF/ON
The parameter activates GSM Modem function for –
Caretrack.
ON: GSM Modem is used for Caretrack
communication.
OFF: GSM Modem is not used for Caretrack
communication
JDC CARETRACK Power Supply Options – 0–1
Activates functionality for Care Track to communicate Recommended if satellite communication is installed.
without key-dependent power supply.
0: The Care Track control unit need key-dependent
power supply to communicate.
1: The Care Track control unit communicates without
key-dependent power supply. The battery disconnect
switch must be turned on.
NOTE!
When the parameter is set to 1 the control unit
consume current which should be taken in
consideration when battery disconnect switch is turned
on.
Vehicle control unit (V-ECU, MID 187)

ABP Anti-theft protection – OFF/ON
Activates the anti-theft device that prevent starting of This parameter is also valid for I-ECU.
the vehicle.
ARO Automatic idle delay 5 sec 3–10 sec
The parameter activates/deactivates automatic idling The idling delay is the time after that the engine is
delay. idling mode when the automatic idling condition is full
filled.
BFJ Connect X1 flow control – OFF/ON
Connect X1 flow control This parameter enables the limitation of the max. X1
flow which was set in the X1 tool settings in the I-ECU.
(The option must be installed.)
This parameter is always set if there is X1 option.
BFN Auto cruise control – OFF/ON
Connect cruise control
BFQ Connect travel alarm – OFF/ON
Connect travel alarm This parameter enables the travel alarm when
travelling. The travel alarm can be turned off
immediately with the switch on the keypad.
BNJ Float position, function – OFF/ON
Option equipment Float position function installed YES The option must be installed.
= 1; NO = 0
FYV Connect X1 proportional control – OFF/ON
Connect X1 proportional valve control This parameter is always set with proportional switch
control lever (IKM)
FYZ Connect X3 proportional control – OFF/ON
Connect X3 proportional valve control This parameter is always set with proportional switch
control lever (IKM)
HNI Connect X1 single acting - OFF/ON
Connect X1 single acting The option must be installed.
HOQ Boost remaining time 9 sec 3–255 sec
Boost lasting time This parameter defines the time how long the power
boost function will be active when pressing the power
boost switch on the control lever.
NOTE!
For wheeled excavator this time should not be longer
than 30 sec.
LLR Steering servo pressure low - OFF/ON

Steering servo pressure low can be divided into 2
types.
0: Steering servo pressure low will not be adapted.
1:Steering servo pressure low will be adapted.
LUH Engine control mode with power max switch - OFF/ON
The machine has two types of engine control mode.
One is I2 mode to H mode (9 steps) and the other is I2
mode to P mode (10 steps: add power max mode)
This parameter is used to set when the power max
switch is installed on the machine for using power max
mode.
0: This is used when the machine doesn't have power
max mode and power max switch.
1: This is used when the machine has power max mode
and power max switch.
MXD China GPS installed - OFF/ON
Next engine start prevent function works if China GPS-
ECU is installed in the machine.
0: China GPS-ECU is not installed in the machine.
1: China GPS-ECU is installed in the machine.
Service Information

Troubleshooting strategy 302 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Troubleshooting strategy
The starting point for all troubleshooting is some type of problem, symptom or malfunction being noticed. The strategy and
procedure for troubleshooting is described in the following flow chart.
Start
Collection of basic data.
Read-out of error codes. Error codes found?
YES
NO
 Note error codes.

 Troubleshoot using Error code, troubleshooting.
 Solve / repair the malfunction.
 Activate the component or function in question.
 Read-out of error codes. Problem solved?
YES NO
OK Check parameters. See Parameters. Are parameters set incorrectly?
YES
NO
Reprogram parameters. Problem solved?
YES NO
OK Perform basic check. See section 2 (engine). Problem identified?
YES
NO
Go to checklist for the symptom. Problem solved?
YES NO
OK Troubleshoot using symptoms. See Troubleshooting using symptoms. Problem

identified?
YES
NO
Go to checklists for the
symptom. Problem solved?
YES NO
OK Check performance (only for engine). See section 2. Problem
solved?
YES NO
OK Troubleshoot using other information.[ 1] 
The following describes the included steps in the troubleshooting strategy.

NOTE!
If new or reappearing error codes are generated during troubleshooting, take appropriate action to repair, etc. before
continuing to troubleshooting.
1. The basis for all troubleshooting is some type of symptom or malfunction. In order to arrive at a basis for
troubleshooting, a collection of data concentrated around the symptom/function disruption should be done.
A checklist for collecting this data is also available in the form of Collection of basic data.
2. The error codes give a clear indication of what has caused the symptom or malfunction. Therefore, read out error
codes before any troubleshooting is started.
Check if there are any error codes generated in the machine’s control units. The error codes can be read from the
contronics service display unit or using VCADS Pro.
A. If an error code has been generated, troubleshooting should be performed according to the reference
from Error code, troubleshooting.
B. The existing error codes are noted and then compared to any new or reappearing error code. When the
problem has been solved, the error codes should be erased.
C. In order to confirm that the malfunction has been corrected, the machine components/functions in
question must be activated so that the control unit can perform a new self-diagnosis, and generate
eventual new or reappearing error codes.
D. The error codes are read to confirm that the symptom/malfunction has been corrected and to make sure
that no subsequent problems have occurred in connection with repair work.
3. Check that the parameters are set correctly. A list of all parameters and parameter values are found in the form of a
Parameter list.
4. The basic check is divided into three tests, which should be performed in the order that they are presented. See
section 2, Basic check engine.
5. Look for applicable troubleshooting information using the Symptom guide. See Troubleshooting using symptoms.
6. Performance checks must be performed when the basic check, feed pressure check, boost pressure check or
response test do not show abnormal values, but the customer still maintains that there is a problem of poor
performance. See Performance check.
[ 1]See the wiring diagrams, component troubleshooting and troubleshooting using symptoms.
Service Information

Troubleshooting, general Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Troubleshooting, general
WARNING
When troubleshooting in the electrical system, read through and follow the work instructions and safety instructions
in the concerned method sections.
This section of the Service Manual describes how to troubleshoot the electrical system. The section contains flow charts that
describe the various steps, and tables that show the signal routes and terms for the various functions.
A special service display unit can be used when troubleshooting, see Service display unit.
Other assistive devices for troubleshooting the electrical system:
 Wiring diagram and component lists

 Operator's Manual
 Possible component manuals
 Parts Catalogue
The first step in troubleshooting is to gather as much information as possible about how the malfunction is manifested.
NOTE!
The functions in the electronic system may vary depending on which software versions are installed in the electronic units.
Therefore, always check which software versions are installed before starting to troubleshoot.
See current service bulletins for information on updates and differences between software versions.
Malfunctions/errors may be indicated by:
 central warning flashing

 buzzer sounds
 error messages are shown on machine display unit and on message center display unit for I-ECU equipped
machine.
 an error/malfunction symptom is obtained.
When any malfunction is suspected or confirmed it is important to determine the cause as soon as possible.
The first step in troubleshooting is to gather information from the operator regarding the error/malfunction symptom. Then,
attempt to pinpoint the cause by performing checks in a certain order, see 302 Troubleshooting strategy.
To facilitate troubleshooting and to make it more effective, there are a number of assistive devices available, for example,
VCADS Pro service tool and the service display unit, see Troubleshooting tools.
WARNING
Continued operation following a malfunction indication may result in damage to persons and property.
Service Information

Collection of basic data Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Collection of basic data

General
Collection of basic data is the first step in all troubleshooting. This is done to quickly get an improved overall picture of how
the problem shows up.
In addition to information about the excavator and customer, it is important to gather as much information as possible with
regards to the circumstances and sequence of events when the malfunction occurred.
Often, the operator can provide valuable information regarding the circumstances when the malfunction occurred. The
operator is almost always the one who notices a malfunction first.
Since it is seldom possible to recreate the experienced problems, without having exactly the same conditions, the
information from the operator is of great importance in order to be able to make correct evaluations for continued
troubleshooting.
Interview the operator using the following questions.
Note the answers in writing and keep them together with the work order.
The operator should be able to answer the following questions:
General data
 Customer information
 Information about the dealer
 Operator
 Machine specifications:
 Machine
 Serial number
 Operating hours
 Engine type
 Engine number
 Model year
 Delivery date
 Have any error codes been generated?
Description of malfunction or symptom
 Describe the malfunction.

 When did the malfunction occur?
 How was the malfunction noticed and what happened just before it was noticed?
 Does the malfunction reappear?
 How often does the malfunction occur?
 For how long does the malfunction last when it occurs?
 Does the malfunction always occur during the same conditions, and what are those conditions?
 Does the operator have an idea of what may be the probable cause of the malfunction?
 Does the problem still exist?
Engine information
 Under what operating conditions does the malfunction occur?

 External circumstances that affect the malfunction?
 Is the engine difficult to start?
 Is there abnormal smoke development?
 Are there abnormal sounds from the engine?
 Have changes in fuel consumption, oil consumption or engine power been confirmed?
 What type of fuel is used?
 Are additives used in the fuel? If yes, which ones?
 What previous repairs, adjustments/service have been done to the engine?
 Other information?
Service Information

Troubleshooting tools Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Troubleshooting tools
Service manual
Service information for troubleshooting is available in the service manual. The different types of information are listed below:
 Instructions for checking electrical cables and connectors

A general description of these checks can be found in 3020 Electrical cables and connectors, checking.
 Wiring diagrams
Wiring diagrams are of great help during troubleshooting. Wiring diagrams provide cable designations, cable colors
as well as component and connector designations, etc.
 Component diagram
Supplemental information to the wiring diagrams is available in the form of component lists that illustrate the
location of machine components.
VCADS Pro
Figure 1
VCADS Pro computer
The name VCADS Pro is an abbreviation of Volvo Computer Aided Diagnostics System Professional.
VCADS Pro is a PC-based tool used for, among other things, downloading programs, facilitating and making
troubleshooting more effective.
Complete documentation for VCADS Pro can be found in separate user’s manual.
NOTE!
The start switch must be turned ON before VCADS Pro is connect to the machine.
Contronics service display unit (SDU)

Figure 2
Contronics service display unit
The contronics service display unit can be used to read out error codes and parameters, etc.
Machine display unit (MDU)
Figure 3
Machine display unit
The machine display unit can be used to read out error codes.
It is possible to select any menu or function you would like to see on the display unit.
Message center display
Figure 4
Message center display on I-ECU
The message center display unit can be used to read out error codes.
It is possible to select any menu or function you would like to see on the screen.
Service Information

VCADS Pro service tool Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
VCADS Pro service tool

General
Figure 1
VCADS Pro computer
The following is a brief description of the VCADS Pro service tool.

The name VCADS Pro is an abbreviation of Volvo Computer Aided Diagnostic System Professional.
Design of VCADS Pro
Figure 2
Start display
VCADS Pro contains programs for:
 Testing components and functions

 Downloading software for control units
 Storing performed work operations on job card
Operations
Figure 3
Example, tests and programming possibilities
Under Operations, there are several tests and programming possibilities divided according to function group.
The tests show, for example, sensor values, as well as graphic display of how a signal varies in time.
Programming is used to reprogram control units.
Read-out of error codes
Figure 4
Operations, read-out of error codes
Read-out of error codes from operations, function group 1 - Service and maintenance. To pin-point malfunction causes, it's
advantageous to use the service tool VCADS Pro. From VCADS Pro, it's possible to obtain error codes of the SAE-type, from
which the malfunction cause can be determined, see 3021 SAE-code, conversion to error code (I-ECU application).
Parameters
Figure 5
Example, read-out parameters
Read-out and programming of parameters takes place from operation, function group 1 - Service and maintenance.
Job card
Figure 6
Example, job card
The job card function is used to store work operations that have been performed with VCADS Pro, for example, test results
and results of error code read-outs and programming of parameters. The job card is stored locally in the computer in
question.
Service Information

Connecting special tools Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC210B LC, EC240B LC, EC290B LC, EC330B LC, EC360B LC, EC460B LC, EC700B LC [GB]
Connecting special tools

Component testing
NOTE!
The images below are intended for components with a 4-pin DIN connector only. The basic test principle is identical for all
other connector types.
NOTICE
Take great care when attaching test cables to connectors so as not to damage or expand the pins and sleeves.
NOTICE
When measuring directly in connectors, good lighting and access is required to avoid short-circuiting between the
leads. Carefully follow all instructions in Electrical system, work instructions.
See also 302 Special tools for troubleshooting and 302 Component fault diagnosis, general.
Active testing of component and circuit
Active testing implies testing of a closed circuit.
The adapter cable is connected between the cable harness and the component.
Tools: 302 Adapter cable 999 8534, 302 Multimeter 981 2519
Figure 1
Examples of active component testing with adapter cable
Passive component testing

Passive testing implies testing of an open circuit.
The adapter cable is connected to the component or cable harness.
Tools: 302 Adapter cable 999 8534, 302 Multimeter 981 2519
Figure 2
Examples of passive component testing with a 4-pin DIN adapter cable
Tools: 302 Multi-pin breaker box 999 8699, 302 Adapter cable 951 1355, 302 Multimeter 981 2519
Figure 3
Examples of passive testing through the cable harness to the component. ECU not connected.
Active testing of E-ECU

The multi-pin breaker box is connected between the cable harness and control unit with the adapter cable. For the cable
harness that is not measured, an alternative to using adapter cable 999 8505 is to use interconnector cable 999 8540 to
maintain closed circuit.
Tools: 302 Adapter cable 999 8505 (2 pcs.), 302 Multi-pin breaker box 999 8699, 302 Multimeter 981 2519 and, when
needed, extension cable 9990062.
Figure 4
Active measuring of engine control unit E-ECU connection EA.
Active testing of V-ECU

The test box is connected between the cable harness and control unit.
Tools: 302 Multi-pin breaker box 999 8699, 302 Adapter cable 951 1355, 302 Multimeter 981 2519
Figure 5
Active testing of vehicle control unit V-ECU.
Service Information

Special tools for Service Information 2014/10/24
troubleshooting
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Special tools for troubleshooting

The recommended measuring tools for checking electrical cables and components, for example, are listed below.
14576840 Measuring tool

9998699 Adapter
9990062 Cable
9993893 Break out harness
9998505 Break out harness
88890074 Multimeter
9993721 Service display
11668006 Cable
8920-01805 Break out harness
8920-01806 Break out harness
Service Information

999 8699 Multi-pin breaker Service Information 2014/10/24
box
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
999 8699 Multi-pin breaker box

Description: Multi-pin breaker box
Part no. 999 8699
Specification: Multi-pin breaker box 62-pin with D-SUB connector.
The multi-pin breaker box is universal and can be used
for measuring a number of different connector types.
Service Information

999 0062 Extension cable Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
999 0062 Extension cable

Description: Extension cable
Part no. 999 0062
Specification: Extension cable 2.5 m for multi-pin breaker box 999
8699.
Service Information

999 0014 Adapter cable Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
999 0014 Adapter cable

Description: Adapter cable
Part no. 999 0014
Specification: The adapter cable is used for measuring engine
control unit (E-ECU) connector EA and EB.
Note! For active measuring of E-ECU, 2 adapter cables
are required.
Service Information

999 3894 Template Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
999 3894 Template

Designation: Template
Part no. 999 3894
Specification: Template for Multi-pin breaker box 999 8699.
NOTE!
The numbers on the template correspond to the pin-numbering on the connector.
Service Information

11 666 140 Multimeter Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
11 666 140 Multimeter

Description: Multimeter
Part no. 11 666 140
Specification: Multimeter used for fault diagnosis. (Similar
multimeters can also be used)
Service Information

Multimeter Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Multimeter
Description: Multimeter
Part no. 88890074
Specification: Multimeter used for fault diagnosis. (Similar
multimeters can also be used)
Service Information

8920 - 01805 Wire harness Service Information 2014/10/24
checker
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
8920 - 01805 Wire harness checker

Description: Wire harness checker
Part no. 8920 - 01805
Specification: For inspection of the flow control proportional valve.
Service Information

8920 - 01806 Wire harness Service Information 2014/10/24
checker
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
8920 - 01806 Wire harness checker

Description: Wire harness checker
Part no. 8920 - 01806
Specification: For inspection of solenoid valve.
Service Information

14515484 Multi-pin Service Information 2014/10/24
breaker box
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
14515484 Multi-pin breaker box

Description: Multi-pin breaker box with adapter cable
Part no. 14515484
Specification: Multi-pin breaker box 86-pin with adapter cable.
The multi-pin breaker box is can be used for
measuring vehicle control uinit (V-ECU), connector JA
and JB.
Service Information

Tool, multi-pin breaker box Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Tool, multi-pin breaker box

Description: Multi-pin breaker box with adapter cable
Part no. 14576840
Specification: The multi-pin breaker box is can be used for
measuring vehicle control uinit (V-ECU), connector VA,
VB and VC.
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Designation: Adapter cable
Part no. 999 3893
Specification: The adapter cable is used for measuring against V-
ECU.
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Designation: Adapter cable
Part no. 999 8505
Specification: The adapter cable is used for measuring against E-
ECU.
Note! For active measuring of E-ECU, 2 adapter cables
are required.
Service Information

999 3721 Service display Service Information 2014/10/24
unit
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
999 3721 Service display unit

Description: Service display unit
Part no. 999 3721
Specification: The service display unit can be used for fault diagnosis
when additional information is required from the
display panel.
See also
387 Contronic service display unit, description (I-ECU
equipped) .
Service Information

11 668 006 Extension cable Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
11 668 006 Extension cable

Description: Extension cable
Part no. 11 668 006
Specification: Extension cable for Service display unit.
Service Information

Electrical cables and Service Information 2014/10/24
connectors, checking
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical cables and connectors, checking

General
When troubleshooting the electrical system, checking of electrical cabling and connectors is important, since causes of a
malfunction often can be attributed to loose connections or damaged cabling.
NOTE!
Before troubleshooting of cabling and connectors, the affected circuit fuses should be checked.
Checking is performed using multimeter, multi-pin breaker box and cable adapters. See Special tools for troubleshooting.
To find suitable checking points, see wiring diagrams.
NOTE!
The following should be observed when working on electrical systems.
 After dismantling connectors, certain connectors should have, for example, contact grease applied to reduce the
risk of oxidation and loose connections. See installation information for respective component under heading
Components, troubleshooting and specifications.
 Do not perform measurements by penetrating the cable insulation.
 Work carefully when measuring with test cord in the connectors so that connector pins and sockets are not
damaged or expanded.
NOTE!
For troubleshooting of information link and CAN-bus, see Information link, general troubleshooting and Control link (CAN-
bus), general troubleshooting.
Connectors and cable terminals, checking

When measuring and checking where connectors are dismantled, the connectors and cable terminals should be checked
visually according to the following.
1. Look for oxidation on the cable terminals. Oxidation may impair contact.
2. Check that the cable terminals are not damaged, that they are correctly inserted in the insulator, and that the
electrical cabling is securely connected in the cable terminals.
Figure 1
Connector, checking mechanical contact
3. Check that the cable terminals have good mechanical contact. Use a test cable terminal when checking.
Figure 2
Connector engine ECU, checking mechanical contact
NOTE!
For engine ECU connector, a special gauge is used.
Open circuit, checking

Open circuits in electrical cabling and cable harnesses are caused by, for example, chafing, crushing, or pulling forces. Check
for open circuits according to the following.
1. Unplug the connectors in question at both ends of the cable harness.
Figure 3
Checking for open circuit with resistance measurement
2. Measure the resistance between the ends of the electrical cabling. The resistance should be ≈0 Ω for cabling
without an open circuit.
Figure 4
Shaking and pulling to find open circuit
3. Shake the cable harness and pull lightly on the connectors while measuring to find eventual open circuits.
Short-circuited to frame ground, checking

Short-circuited between voltage-conducting cabling and frame ground often leads to a fuse blowing. Checking of short-
circuited to frame ground is performed according to the following.
1. Key position to ON.

Figure 5
Checking short-circuiting to frame ground with resistance measurement
2. Activate all switches and sensors in the circuit and check if any fuses blow.
3. Unplug all connectors in question for the components in the circuit so that these do not affect measurements.
4. Measure resistance between the electrical cabling and frame ground. The resistance should be ∞ Ω for electrical
cabling without short-circuit to frame ground.
Figure 6
Principle for checking short-circuiting to frame ground by measuring
Short-circuited to voltage, checking

Short-circuited between a cable and voltage conducting cable with resistance often leads to a blown fuse when the cable is
supplied with voltage.
1. Measure voltage with a multimeter at suitable points in the circuit at the same time as the switch and sensor are
activated.
The voltage value depends on several parameters. See wiring diagram, signal description and component
information.
Figure 7
Checking short-circuiting to voltage conducting cable with resistance measurement
2. Unplug the connectors in question at both ends of the cable harness.
Measure resistance between electrical cabling that may be short-circuited to each other. Resistance should be ∞ Ω
for cabling not short-circuited to each other.
Figure 8
Principle for checking short-circuiting to voltage by measuring
Connector resistance and oxidation, checking

Loose connections or temporary, repeated malfunctions can be difficult to troubleshooting and often occur due to
oxidation, vibrations or by poorly connected cables.
Moisture in the connectors may also be a cause of contact problems, such as damaged pins or sockets.
The resistance in the connectors and cabling should be ≈0 Ω. Some resistance may be present due to oxidation on the cable
terminals.
If too much connector resistance is encountered, there will be disruptions of the function. The amplitude of the resistance
may vary, without any disruptions occurring, depending on how great the load is in the circuit.
To check contact resistance and oxidation, see Connectors and cable terminals, checking.
Figure 9
Shaking and pulling on the connectors
NOTE!
Shake the cable harness and pull lightly on the connectors while measuring to find eventual loose connections.
Pins and sockets, cleaning
1. Turn OFF the master switch.

2. Blow clean the connectors with compressed air.
Figure 10
Connector, spraying with contact spray
3. Spray the connectors with contact spray.
4. Again, blow clean the connectors with compressed air.
Service Information

Error code information, Service Information 2014/10/24
general
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC, EC290B FX [GB]
Error code information, general

An error code is generated when the system detects an error on input to / output from a control unit (ECU). This occurs
when the signal to / from a component is outside the range that has been defined as the signal’s limit values.
The machine’s control units have integrated diagnostic programs which monitor input and output signals for components.
All control units can generate error codes.
NOTE!
An error code indicates that there is an error somewhere in the circuit that is connected to the input / output. That is,
component, cable or connector.
The following describes which error codes can be generated, brief information about the error codes and references to
troubleshooting information.
Figure 1
Error code of machine display unit (MDU), power shift proportional valve error
General
The SAE-codes are generated automatically by the electronic controllers. The SAE-code is generated according to SAE-
standards and are given a designation depending on which control unit (MID) that generates the SAE-code, which
component (PID) it applies to, as well as what type of error / malfunction (FMI) that the control unit has detected. Thus, that
is the appearance of the SAE-code which is read by the service tool VCADS Pro.
The SAE-code which is generated by the electronic controllers and can be read with VCADS Pro, is converted in the software
to VOLVO EXCAVATOR error codes. Thus, the SAE-code generated by the electronics , for example, MID187 PPID1190 FMI3.
The error code for the above example is ER31 - 03, which means that the control unit detects that the power shift
proportional valve is giving a voltage that is high, but machine display unit (MDU) only displayed ER31.
Control units
The control units generate SAE-codes according to how they perceive the signals from / to components. This means that an
open circuit in a signal line (from “5 V sensor”) does not always has to be given an SAE-code with FMI 04 (low voltage).
The reason for this is the design of the control units, which sometimes have inputs connected to voltage, and sometimes
ground.
For this reason, an open circuit in a signal line, connected to voltage in the control unit, can give an SAE-code which ends
with FMI 03 (high voltage).
The above example applies to inputs that read off voltage. For inputs / outputs that read off current, open circuits give low
current, short-circuiting to ground gives high current, etc.
Each component can have max. three error codes. For this reason, FMI 11 (other error) is given for the errors that are not
included in the interpretation of the first two FMI’s for each component.
Example of error code interpretation
Figure 2
Input connected to ground (GND)
FMI 04 = Low voltage

Open circuit in a signal line, input connected to ground. Gives FMI 04 (low voltage). This FMI can be generated even when
the signal line is intact, but 5 V supply to the component is below 5 V (for example, voltage drop due to loose connection or
open circuit in supply cable). An open circuit in the input (when connected to ground) on the control unit also gives this FMI.
Figure 3
Input connected to voltage (+DC)
FMI 03 = High voltage

Open circuit in a signal line, input connected to voltage. Gives FMI 03 (high voltage). This FMI can be generated even when
the signal line is intact, but 5 V supply to the component exceeds 5 V (for example, short-circuiting to higher voltage). An
open circuit in the input (when connected to voltage) on the control unit also gives this FMI.
Service Information

Error code information, Service Information 2014/10/24
general (I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
Error code information, general (I-ECU equipped)

An error code is generated when the system detects an error on input to / output from a control unit (ECU). This occurs
when the signal to / from a component is outside the range that has been defined as the signal’s limit values.
The machine’s control units have integrated diagnostic programs which monitor input and output signals for components.
All control units can generate error codes.
NOTE!
An error code indicates that there is an error somewhere in the circuit that is connected to the input / output. That is,
component, cable or connector.
The following describes which error codes can be generated, brief information about the error codes and references to
troubleshooting information.
General
The SAE-codes are generated automatically by the electronic controllers. The SAE-code is generated according to SAE-
standards and are given a designation depending on which control unit (MID) that generates the SAE-code, which
component (PID) it applies to, as well as what type of error / malfunction (FMI) that the control unit has detected. Thus, that
is the appearance of the SAE-code which is read by the service tool VCADS Pro.
The SAE-code which is generated by the electronic controllers and can be read with VCADS Pro, is converted in the software
to VOLVO EXCAVATOR error codes. Thus, the SAE-code generated by the electronics , for example, MID128 PID102 FMI3.
Control units
The control units generate SAE-codes according to how they perceive the signals from / to components. This means that an
open circuit in a signal line (from “5 V sensor”) does not always has to be given an SAE-code with FMI 04 (low voltage).
The reason for this is the design of the control units, which sometimes have inputs connected to voltage, and sometimes
ground.
For this reason, an open circuit in a signal line, connected to voltage in the control unit, can give an SAE-code which ends
with FMI 03 (high voltage).
The above example applies to inputs that read off voltage. For inputs / outputs that read off current, open circuits give low
current, short-circuiting to ground gives high current, etc.
Each component can have maximum three error codes. For this reason, FMI 11 (other error) is given for the errors that are
not included in the interpretation of the first two FMI’s for each component.
Example of error code interpretation
Figure 1
Input connected to voltage (+DC)
FMI 03 = High voltage

Open circuit in a signal line, input connected to voltage. Gives FMI 03 (high voltage). This FMI can be generated even when
the signal line is intact, but 5 V supply to the component exceeds 5 V (for example, short-circuiting to higher voltage). An
open circuit in the input (when connected to voltage) on the control unit also gives this FMI.
Figure 2
Input connected to ground (GND)
FMI 04 = Low voltage

Open circuit in a signal line, input connected to ground. Gives FMI 04 (low voltage). This FMI can be generated even when
the signal line is intact, but 5 V supply to the component is below 5 V (for example, voltage drop due to loose connection or
open circuit in supply cable). An open circuit in the input (when connected to ground) on the control unit also gives this FMI.
Service Information

Components, Service Information 2014/10/24
troubleshooting and
specifications
Profile:
Components, troubleshooting and specifications

WARNING
During all troubleshooting and work on the electrical system, follow all the safety instructions in the section Safety.
NOTE!
Checking of electrical cabling and connectors is used to check short-circuiting, open circuits and loose connections as a first
action before components are checked.
Contact / cable defects are more common than component malfunction. Therefore, always check the connector and cabling
before checking the component in question.
See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors".
Measuring, general
Measurements for checking components and cabling should be performed when an error code for component has been
generated.
Measurements are performed to check component, cabling, output signals from ECU’s and frame ground connections.
NOTE!
Resistance measurement is an uncertain method, and that is the reason behind only a two-digit accuracy for resistance
values. If possible, use voltage measurement.
The following is a description of troubleshooting on a component and the connected cabling.

Component troubleshooting, description
Figure 1
Overview of component troubleshooting
1. Component designation
2. Component name
3. Simplified wiring diagram with signal description
4. Symbols for conditions when measuring.
5. Correct value for measuring
6. The column indicates which measuring points are referred to. Component and connector pin numbers are indicated
with number characters.
7. Measuring specific part of system, that is, connected and active circuit.
8. Measuring of separate component.
9. Measuring of control unit / cable harness.
10. Information about component and references to other sections
Measuring methods, description

Measurement methods and their symbols are described below.
Figure 2
Checking control unit / cable harness
Checking control unit / cable harness
Frame ground cable

This measurement checks the conduction of the frame ground cable to the frame grounding point. The measuring
instrument is set to resistance measurement (ohm).
Figure 3
Checking control unit / cable harness with 4-pin cable
Supply cable
This measurement checks the voltage of the supply cable in relation to the frame grounding point. The measuring
instrument is set to voltage measurement (V DC).
Signal line
This measurement checks the ability of the signal line to conduct signals to the control unit. The measuring instrument is set
to resistance measurement (ohm).
Figure 4
Checking only component
Checking only component

When checking a component, resistance measurement is used, and most often at different temperatures or levels.
Figure 5
Checking only component with 4-pin cable
Figure 6
Checking only cable harness
Checking only cable harness

Measuring of only the cable harness is used when measuring to control unit is not applicable. The measuring instrument is
set to resistance measurement (ohm).
Figure 7
Checking only cable harness with 4-pin cable
Figure 8
Checking specific part of a system
Checking specific part of a system

When checking specific parts of systems, active measurement is used with a multi-pin breaker box (break out box) between
the control unit and the cable harness. The measuring instrument is connected to the multi-pin breaker box and is set to
voltage measurement (V DC).
Figure 9
Checking cable harness and component
Checking cable harness and component

If it is difficult to access the component for troubleshooting, it is advantageous to measure on the cable harness and
component. The measuring instrument is connected to the multi-pin breaker box (break out box) and is set to resistance
measurement (ohm).
Components, conditions for measuring
NOTE!
When checking components, for example, relays and solenoid valves which are controlled by control unit, certain conditions
must be met. These conditions are described in Control units, software functions.
NOTE!
The connectors should be checked with regards to loose connections and oxidation according to "Checking electrical
cabling and connectors".
Symbol Description Symbol Description

Master switch OFF Key position 0=OFF,
(battery disconnected) 1=ON, 2=Start
1. Resistance Engine idling

measurement
2. Voltage
measurement
Multi-pin breaker box Multi-pin breaker box
(break out box) and (break out box) and
adapter connected to adapter connected
cable harness. between ECU and cable
ECU disconnected. harness.
Measuring to cable Measuring to
harness, component component. Cable
disconnected. ECU harness disconnected.
connected.
Same as above. Same as above.

4-pin cable adapter 4-pin cable adapter
recommended. recommended.
Adapter connected Measuring of cable

between component harness. Multi-pin
and cable harness. ECU breaker box and
connected. adapter connected.
Component and ECU
disconnected.
Component Same as above.
4-pin cable adapter
recommended.
Measuring to cable Checking PC-tool

harness and VCADS Pro.
component. ECU
disconnected.
Service Information

Travel motor solenoid Service Information 2014/10/24
valve, description and
measuring
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Travel motor solenoid valve, description and measuring
MA 9103 Travel motor solenoid valve

Function: Control the travel speed.
Wiring diagram, SCH12

position:
VCADS Pro:
See test 99315-2 “Solenoid valve, test”. JA38, signal line
Error code info: MAE03, frame ground
- SW9103, travel speed selection switch
Component: 1-2 ≈ 20–30 Ω
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of test 99315-2 VCADS Pro,
system: Ticking sound
should be heard
1) 2)
Service Information

Travel motor solenoid Service Information 2014/10/24
valve, description and
measuring
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Travel motor solenoid valve, description and measuring
MA 4220 Travel motor solenoid valve

Function: Control the travel speed.
Wiring diagram, SCH06

position:
VCADS Pro: JA38, signal line

See test 99315-2 “Solenoid valve, test”. JA18, Solenoid valve status
Error code info: SW4202, travel speed selection switch
-
Component: 1-2 ≈ 20–30 Ω
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of test 99315-2 VCADS Pro,
system: Ticking sound
should be heard
1) 2)
Service Information

Relay, description and Service Information 2014/10/24
measuring
Profile:
Relay, description and measuring

First, there is a general method for troubleshooting relays. Then follows troubleshooting of other relays.
NOTE!
There is another version where the slide (pin 85, 86) is supplied continuously with U ᵇᵃᵗ in unaffected position. In this case,
the relay is activated when the ECU supplies 0 V.
RE XXXX Relay, general troubleshooting

Function: The relay is controlled electrically and is often used
to activate a function.
Wiring diagram, See component list and associated wiring diagram.
position:
X, control signal to relay
Error code info: See error codes.
Control unit/ Frame ground cable 85
cable harness: - Frame ground ≈0Ω
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 30
- Frame ground ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ[ 1] 
1) 2) 3)
Control cable 86 ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ (relay
- Frame ground activated)
≈ 0 V (relay not
activated)
1) 2) 3)
Component: 85 - 86 ≈ 315 Ω ± 10 %
30 - 87A ≈0Ω
Other measuring >2 M Ω

combinations 1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part of X - Frame ground (31) ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ (relay
system: activated)
≈ 0 V (relay not
activated)
1) 2) 3)
[ 1]Ubat = Battery voltage

Service Information

Switch, description and Service Information 2014/10/24
measuring
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Switch, description and measuring
First, there is a general method for troubleshooting switches. Then follows troubleshooting of other switches.
NOTE!
There is another version where the switch is closed in the unaffected position. See wiring diagram for respective component.
SW XXXX Switches, general troubleshooting

Function: A switch is controlled manually and is most often used to activate a
relay, component or input on a control unit.
Wiring X, signal to ECU
diagram, See component position by wiring diagram.
position:
Error code -
info:
Control unit/ Supply cable 1
cable harness: - Frame ground ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 2-X ≈0Ω
1) 2) 3) 4)
Component: 1-2 ≈ 0 Ω (closed)
≈ ∞ Ω (open)
1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part X - Frame ground ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ (closed)
of system: ≈ 0 V (open)
1) 2) 3)
Service Information

128 PID45 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID45
Error codes
SAE-code: MID128 PID45 FMI3

Induction air preheating relay, high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers that the output is activated and there is a short-circuit to U ᵇᵃᵗ on EB31.
Possible cause: Reaction from control unit:
 Signal line between preheating relay and  Engine control unit shuts off output.
control unit short-circuited to U ᵇᵃᵗ.
 Short circuit in preheating relay.
Noticeable symptom/malfunction: Troubleshooting information:
 Preheating relay is not activated.  RE2501

 White smoke during cold starts.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
 Difficult to start in extreme cold.

Induction air preheating relay, low voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers that the output is shut off or that there is a short-circuit to frame ground
on EB31.
 Frame ground cable short-circuited  Error code is set.

between preheating relay and control
unit.
 Induction air is warm since the  RE2501

preheating relay is activated all the time.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"

Induction air preheating relay, open circuit
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers that the output is shut off or that there is an open circuit on EB31.
 Defective fuse for supply voltage to  Engine control unit switches off the output.
preheating relay.
 Open circuit on electric cable between
engine control unit and preheating relay.
 Open circuit in preheating relay.
 Open circuit on supply cable to
preheating relay.
 Preheating relay is not activated.  RE2501

 White smoke during cold start.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
 Engine difficult to start in extreme cold.
Description and measuring
RE2501 Induction air preheating relay

Function Activates the preheating coil.
Wiring diagram
VCADS Pro
EB5, diagnostic signal

EB31, preheating relay signal
Control unit/ Control cable 86 ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ (relay not
cable harness: - Frame ground activated)
≈ 0 V (relay
activated)
1) 2) 3)
Supply cable 85
- Frame ground ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ
1) 2) 3)
Supply cable 30
1) 2) 3)
Component: (a) 85 - 86 ≈ 30 Ω
1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part of EB5 - EB9 ≈ 0.55 x U ᵇᵃᵗ
system (b) (closed circuit)
≈ 0 V (open
circuit)
1) 2) 3)
≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ (relay not

EB31 - EB9 activated)
≈ 0 V (relay
activated)
a. Blue/red cable to relay disconnected (cable goes towards control unit).

b. Blue/red cable and black cable connected to relay on respective connections.
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID45
RE2501 Induction air preheating relay

Function Activates the preheating coil.
Wiring diagram
VCADS Pro

EB25, preheating relay signal
Control unit/ Control cable 86 ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ (relay not
cable harness: - Frame ground activated)
≈ 0 V (relay
activated)
1) 2) 3)
Supply cable 85
1) 2) 3)
Supply cable 30
1) 2) 3)
Component: (a) 85 - 86 ≈ 30 Ω
1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part of EB7 - EB58 ≈ 0.55 x U ᵇᵃᵗ
system (b) (closed circuit)
≈ 0 V (open
circuit)
1) 2) 3)
≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ (relay not

EB25 - EB58 activated)
≈ 0 V (relay
activated)
a. Blue/red cable to relay disconnected (cable goes towards control unit).

b. Blue/red cable and black cable connected to relay on respective connections.
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID94
SE2301 Fuel pressure sensor

Function Defects fuel pressure of engine
Wiring diagram
VCADS Pro See test 28407-3 Sensor values, monitoring
EB18, frame ground

EB16, fuel pressure signal
EB17, supply (5 V)
Control unit/ Frame ground
cable harness: cable 4 ≈0Ω
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
- Frame ground ≈5V
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 2
- Frame ground ≈ 100 KΩ
1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part of 2 - 4 ≈ 0.5 V
system: (engine
stationary)
1) 2) 3)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID97
SE2302 Water in fuel sensor

Function Detects high water level of separator.
Wiring diagram
EB8, signal line

EB10, frame ground
Control unit/ Frame ground cable
cable harness: 2 ≈0Ω
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 1 - EB8
≈0Ω
1) 2) 3) 4)
Component 1-2
≈ ∞ Ω (normal
level)
≈ 0 Ω (low
level) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID98
SE2205 Engine oil level sensor

Function Detects low oil level of engine
Wiring diagram
EB4, signal line

EB3, frame ground
Control unit/ 1 - Frame ground
cable harness: - Frame ground ≈ 3 MΩ
1) 2) 3) 4)
2 - Frame ground
≈ 2 ~ 4.5 V
1) 2) 3)
Component 1-2
≈ ∞ Ω (normal
level)
≈ 0 Ω (low
level) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID100
Error codes

Engine oil pressure sensor, too low
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a too low oil pressure.
 Oil level is too low.  Engine control unit stops sending value for oil pressure.
 Contaminated oil, slow-flowing.  Warning lamp is requested.
 Fault in overflow valve.
 Defective sensor.
 Warning lights up on instrument panel (In  SE2203

this case, alternative sensor (SE2206)  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
operating condition).
 Alarm buzzer will sound.

Engine oil pressure sensor, high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EA14 that is above 4.95 V.
 Contact resistance in connectors.  Engine control unit stops sending value for oil pressure.
 Signal line open circuit or short-circuited
to higher voltage.
 Frame ground cable open circuit.
 Warning light is on  SE2203

 See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"

Engine oil pressure sensor, low voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EA14 that is below 0.08 V.
 Sensor not connected (open circuit).  Engine control unit stops sending value for oil pressure.
 Feed cable (5 V), open circuit or short-
circuited to frame ground.
 Signal line short-circuited to frame
ground.
 Warning light is on  SE2203

SE2203 Engine oil pressure sensor

Function Detects low engine oil pressure
Wiring diagram
EA5, frame ground

EA14, oil pressure signal
EA4, supply (5 V)
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 2
1) 2) 3) 4)
system: (engine
stationary)
1) 2) 3)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID100
SE2203 Engine oil pressure sensor

Function Detects low engine oil pressure
Wiring diagram
EB18, frame ground

EB11, oil pressure signal
EB17, supply (5 V)
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 2
1) 2) 3) 4)
system: (engine
stationary)
1) 2) 3)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID102
SE2508 Charge-air (Boost) pressure sensor

Function Measures charged-air (boost) pressure (combined sensor).
Wiring diagram
EA5, frame ground

EA3, charge-air pressure signal
EA4, supply (5 V)
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 2
1) 2) 3) 4)
system: (engine
stationary)
1) 2) 3)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID102
Error codes

Boost pressure sensor, high voltage
 Signal line short-circuited to 5 V or  Engine control unit stops sending value for charge-air
higher voltage. pressure.
 Defective sensor.  Error code is set.
 Low power output.  SE2508


Boost pressure sensor, low voltage
 Sensor not connected (open circuit).  Engine control unit stops sending value for charge-air
 Supply cable (5 V) short-circuited to pressure.
frame ground or open circuit.  Error code is set.
ground or open circuit.
 Low power output.  SE2508


Wiring diagram
EA5, frame ground

EA4, supply (5 V)
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 2
1) 2) 3) 4)
system: (engine
stationary)
1) 2) 3)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID102

Wiring diagram
EA11, frame ground

EA7, supply (5 V)
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 2
1) 2) 3) 4)
system: (engine
stationary)
1) 2) 3)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID105
SE2507 Charge-air (Boost) temperature sensor

Function Measures charged-air (boost) temperature (combined sensor).
Wiring
diagram
EA5, frame ground

EA2, charge-air temperature signal
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 3
- Frame ground ≈ 5.7 KΩ
1) 2) 3)
Specific part 3 - 4 See table
of system: below
1) 2) 3) 4)
Sensor specification
Air temperature, ºC (ºF) Resistance Air temperature, ºC (ºF) Resistance

–40 (–40) 168 ± 13 kΩ +60 (140) 1240 ± 42 Ω
–30 (–22) 88 ± 6 kΩ +70 (158) 873 ± 33 Ω
–20 (–4) 48 ± 3 kΩ +80 (176) 627 ± 26 Ω
–10 (–14) 27 ± 2 kΩ +90 (194) 458 ± 20 Ω
0 (32) 16 ± 1 kΩ +100 (212) 339 ± 15 Ω
+10 (50) 9.9 ± 0.5 kΩ +110 (230) 255 ± 12 Ω
+20 (68) 6.2 ± 0.3 kΩ +120 (248) 195 ± 10 Ω
+30 (86) 4.0 ± 0.2 Ω +130 (266) 150 ± 8 Ω
+40 (104) 2648 ± 97 Ω +140 (284) 117 ± 7 Ω
+50 (122 1793 ± 58 Ω +150 (302) 93 ± 6 Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID105
Error codes

Boost temperature sensor, high voltage
 Signal line short-circuited to 5 V or  Error code is set.

higher voltage, or open circuit.
 Frame ground cable short-circuited to
voltage or open circuit.
  SE2507

Boost temperature sensor, low voltage
Conditions: If engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EA2 that is below 0.08 V.
 Signal line short-circuited to frame  Error code is set.

ground.
  SE2507

Wiring
diagram
EA5, frame ground

- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 3
1) 2) 3)
of system: below
1) 2) 3) 4)

–40 (–40) 168 ± 13 kΩ +60 (140) 1240 ± 42 Ω
–30 (–22) 88 ± 6 kΩ +70 (158) 873 ± 33 Ω
–20 (–4) 48 ± 3 kΩ +80 (176) 627 ± 26 Ω
–10 (–14) 27 ± 2 kΩ +90 (194) 458 ± 20 Ω
0 (32) 16 ± 1 kΩ +100 (212) 339 ± 15 Ω
+10 (50) 9.9 ± 0.5 kΩ +110 (230) 255 ± 12 Ω
+20 (68) 6.2 ± 0.3 kΩ +120 (248) 195 ± 10 Ω
+30 (86) 4.0 ± 0.2 Ω +130 (266) 150 ± 8 Ω
+40 (104) 2648 ± 97 Ω +140 (284) 117 ± 7 Ω
+50 (122 1793 ± 58 Ω +150 (302) 93 ± 6 Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID105

Wiring
diagram
EA11, frame ground

- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 3
1) 2) 3)
of system: below
1) 2) 3) 4)

–40 (–40) 168 ± 13 kΩ +60 (140) 1240 ± 42 Ω
–30 (–22) 88 ± 6 kΩ +70 (158) 873 ± 33 Ω
–20 (–4) 48 ± 3 kΩ +80 (176) 627 ± 26 Ω
–10 (–14) 27 ± 2 kΩ +90 (194) 458 ± 20 Ω
0 (32) 16 ± 1 kΩ +100 (212) 339 ± 15 Ω
+10 (50) 9.9 ± 0.5 kΩ +110 (230) 255 ± 12 Ω
+20 (68) 6.2 ± 0.3 kΩ +120 (248) 195 ± 10 Ω
+30 (86) 4.0 ± 0.2 Ω +130 (266) 150 ± 8 Ω
+40 (104) 2648 ± 97 Ω +140 (284) 117 ± 7 Ω
+50 (122 1793 ± 58 Ω +150 (302) 93 ± 6 Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID107
Error codes

Air filter pressure drop sensor, too large drop in pressure
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EB17 that is between 0.09*Ubat and 0.25*Ubat (too large
drop in pressure).
 Clogged air filter.  Warning lamp is requested.

 Fault in sensor.
 Warning lights up on instrument panel  SE2502

(air cleaner clogging warning lamp).  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
 Black exhaust smoke.  Check in air cleaner filter and cleaning or replace.

Air filter pressure drop sensor, high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EB17 that is exceeds 0.91*Ubat.
 Signal line short-circuited to 5 V higher  Warning lamp is requested.

voltage.
battery voltage.


Air filter pressure drop sensor, low voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EB17 that is less than 0.09*Ubat.
 Signal line short-circuited to frame  Warning lamp is requested.

ground.  Error code is set.


Air filter pressure drop sensor, open circuit
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers an open circuit or a voltage on EB17 between 0.63*Ubat and 0.91*Ubat.
 Signal line open.  Warning lamp is requested.

 Frame ground cable open.  Error code is set.

SE2502 Air filter pressure drop sensor

Function Detects that air filter is clogged (combined sensor) after air
filter.
Wiring diagram
EB8, frame ground

EB17, air filter pressure signal
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 1
- Frame ground ≈ 0.8 × U ᵇᵃᵗ
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of 1 - 2 ≈ 330 Ω
system:
1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID107
SE2502 Air filter pressure drop sensor

Function Detects that air filter is clogged (combined sensor) after air
filter.
Wiring diagram
EA15, frame ground, pressure sensor

EA29, air filter pressure signal
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 1
- Frame ground ≈ 0.8 × U ᵇᵃᵗ
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of 1 - 2 ≈ 330 Ω
system:
1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID110
Error codes

Engine coolant temperature sensor, too high
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a receive coolant temperature too high.
 Low coolant level.  Power reduction.

 Fault in thermostat or defective sensor.
 Clogged radiator.
 Poor through-flow in the cooling
system.
 Warm coolant pump.
 Coolant temperature warning lights up  SE2606

on instrument panel.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
 Coolant temperature gauge goes to H.  If coolant temperature warning lamp lights up on instrument
 Alarm buzzer will sound. panel (exceeds 101 °C), run the engine at low idling for a few
minutes and stop the engine.
SAE-code: MID128 PID110 FMI3,

Engine coolant temperature sensor, high voltage
 Sensor not connected (open circuit).  Engine control unit stops sending value for coolant
 Signal line short-circuited to 5 V or temperature.
 Coolant temperature gauge shows 0 on  SE2606

instrument panel.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
SAE-code: MID128 PID110 FMI4,

Engine coolant temperature sensor, low voltage
 Signal line short-circuited to frame  Engine control unit stops sending value for coolant
ground. temperature.
 Coolant temperature gauge shows 0 on  SE2606

SE2606 Engine coolant temperature sensor

Function Senses coolant temperature in engine.
Wiring
diagram
EA25, signal line
EA5, frame ground
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 1
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Specific part 1–2 See table below
of system:
1) 2) 3) 4)

–30 (–22) 27.5 ± 3.2 kΩ +60 (140) 376 ± 20 Ω
–20 (–4) 15.0 ± 1.6 kΩ +70 (158) 267 ± 13 Ω
–10 (–14) 8.5 ± 0.82 kΩ +80 (176) 191.1 ± 8.5 Ω
0 (32) 4.9 ± 0.44 kΩ +90 (194) 139.7 ± 8.5 Ω
+10 (50) 3.0 ± 0.25 kΩ +100 (212) 103.7 ± 3.7 Ω
+20 (68) 1.9 ± 0.14 kΩ +110 (230) 78.0 ± 2.8 Ω
+30 (86) 1205 ± 85 Ω +120 (248) 59.5 ± 2.4 Ω
+40 (104) 798 ± 52 Ω +130 (266) 45.9 ± 2.0Ω
+50 (122 542 ± 32 Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID110
SE2606 Engine coolant temperature sensor

Function Senses coolant temperature in engine.
Wiring
diagram
EB27, signal line
EB18, frame ground
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 1
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Specific part 1–2 See table below
of system:
1) 2) 3) 4)

–30 (–22) 27.5 ± 3.2 kΩ +60 (140) 376 ± 20 Ω
–20 (–4) 15.0 ± 1.6 kΩ +70 (158) 267 ± 13 Ω
–10 (–14) 8.5 ± 0.82 kΩ +80 (176) 191.1 ± 8.5 Ω
0 (32) 4.9 ± 0.44 kΩ +90 (194) 139.7 ± 8.5 Ω
+10 (50) 3.0 ± 0.25 kΩ +100 (212) 103.7 ± 3.7 Ω
+20 (68) 1.9 ± 0.14 kΩ +110 (230) 78.0 ± 2.8 Ω
+30 (86) 1205 ± 85 Ω +120 (248) 59.5 ± 2.4 Ω
+40 (104) 798 ± 52 Ω +130 (266) 45.9 ± 2.0Ω
+50 (122 542 ± 32 Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID111
Error codes
SAE code: MID128 PID111 FMI1

Coolant level sensor, too low
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a receive coolant level too low.
 Low coolant level.  Warning lamp is requested.

ground.
 Defective in sensor.
 Coolant level warning lights up on  SE2603

SAE code: MID128 PID111 FMI3,

Coolant level sensor, high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EB7 that is above 0.95*Ubat[T1] V.
 Signal line short-circuited to Uᵇᵃᵗ.  Warning lamp is requested.


[T1]Ubat = Battery voltage
SAE code: MID128 PID111 FMI4,

Coolant level sensor, low voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EB7 that is below 2.16 V.
 Signal line short-circuited to frame  Warning lamp is requested.

ground.

SE2603 Coolant level sensor

Function Detects low coolant level of radiator.
Wiring diagram
EB7, signal line

EB8, frame ground
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 1
- Frame ground ≈ 0.8 × Uᵇᵃᵗ
1) 2) 3)
Component: 1-2 ≈ ∞ Ω (normal
level)
≈ 0 Ω (low level)
1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID111
SE2603 Coolant level sensor

Function Detects low coolant level of radiator.
Wiring diagram
EB23, signal line

EB10, frame ground
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 1
- Frame ground ≈ 0.8 × Uᵇᵃᵗ
1) 2) 3)
Component: 1-2 ≈ ∞ Ω (normal
level)
≈ 0 Ω (low level)
1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

MID 128 PID 164 Injection Service Information 2014/10/24
control pressure
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
MID 128 PID 164 Injection control pressure

SE2309 Sensor, common rail pressure

Function Measures the fuel pressure in the common rail.
Wiring
diagram
Installing/ Tightening torque:
Adjusting: VCADS Pro:
Control unit/ ≈0Ω

cable harness: 1–
≈5V
3–
A19–2 ≈0Ω
Component: ≈∞Ω
1–
3–
A19–A11 ≈ 0.5 V
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID172
Error codes

Air inlet temperature sensor, high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EB3 that exceeds 4.95 V.
 Sensor not connected (open circuit).  Error code is set.

 Signal line short-circuited to 5 V or
 Signal line or frame ground cable break.
  SE2501

Air inlet temperature sensor, low voltage
Conditions: If engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EB3 that is below 0.09 × Ubat.
 Signal line short-circuited to frame 

ground.
 Blue smoke in cold weather conditions.  SE2501

SE2501 Air inlet temperature sensor

Function Measures air inlet temperature (combined sensor) after air
filter.
Wiring diagram
EB13, frame ground
EB3, air inlet temperature signal
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 3
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of 3 - 4 See table
system: below
1) 2) 3)

–30 (–22) 86.6 ± 5.5 kΩ +40 (104) 2663 ± 77 Ω
–20 (–4) 48.6 ± 2.88 kΩ +50 (122) 1831 ± 45 Ω
–10 (–14) 27.6 ± 1.7 kΩ +60 (140) 1244 ± 29 Ω
0 (32) 16.3 ± 0.8 kΩ +70 (158) 876.0 ± 16 Ω
+10 (50) 10.0 ± 0.4 kΩ +80 (176) 629.0 ± 9.5 Ω
+20 (68) 6.2 ± 0.33 kΩ +90 (194) 458.7 ± 6.0 Ω
+30 (86) 4.0 ± 0.14 Ω +100 (212) 339.9 ± 3.4 Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID172
SE2501 Air inlet temperature sensor

Function Measures air inlet temperature (combined sensor) after air
filter.
Wiring diagram
EB18, frame ground

EB31, air inlet temperature signal
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Signal line 3
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of 3 - 4 See table
system: below
1) 2) 3)

–30 (–22) 86.6 ± 5.5 kΩ +40 (104) 2663 ± 77 Ω
–20 (–4) 48.6 ± 2.88 kΩ +50 (122) 1831 ± 45 Ω
–10 (–14) 27.6 ± 1.7 kΩ +60 (140) 1244 ± 29 Ω
0 (32) 16.3 ± 0.8 kΩ +70 (158) 876.0 ± 16 Ω
+10 (50) 10.0 ± 0.4 kΩ +80 (176) 629.0 ± 9.5 Ω
+20 (68) 6.2 ± 0.33 kΩ +90 (194) 458.7 ± 6.0 Ω
+30 (86) 4.0 ± 0.14 Ω +100 (212) 339.9 ± 3.4 Ω
Service Information

MID 128 PID 174 Fuel Service Information 2014/10/24
temperature
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
MID 128 PID 174 Fuel temperature

Error codes
SE2306–03 Fuel temperature sensor, high voltage

Conditions: If engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EA13 that is above 4.95 V, error code ER4D - 03 is
generated.
 Signal line short-circuited to Ubat or 

above 5 V voltage.
 Signal line open.
voltage.
 Frame ground cable open.
  See SE2306
 See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors".
SE2306–04 Fuel temperature sensor, low voltage

Conditions: If engine control unit (E-ECU) registers a voltage on EA13 that is below 0.08 V, error code ER4D - 04 is
generated.
 Signal line short-circuited to frame 

ground.
  See SE2306
 See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors".
SE2306 Fuel temperature sensor

Function Measures fuel temperature
Wiring diagram
EA5, frame ground

EA13, fuel temperature signal
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 3
- Frame ground ≈ 1.4 kΩ (20 °
C / 68 °F)
1) 2) 3) 4)
Component: 3 - 4 (EA13 - EA5) ≈ 1.9 kΩ (20 °
C / 68 °F)
≈ 798 Ω (40 °
C / 104 °F) 1) 2) 3) 4)
1 - Frame ground ≈∞Ω
Specific part of 3 - 4 (EA13 - EA5) ≈ 3 V (20 °C /
system: 68 °F)
≈ 2 V (40 °C /
104 °F)
1) 2) 3)
Fuel temperature sensor(SE2306) resistance values
Fuel temperature, ºC (ºF) Resistance Fuel temperature, ºC (ºF) Resistance

–30 (–22) 27.5 ± 3.1 kΩ +60 (140) 376 ± 20 Ω
–20 (–4) 15.0 ± 1.6 kΩ +70 (158) 267 ± 13 Ω
–10 (–14) 8.5 ± 0.8 kΩ +80 (176) 191 ± 9 Ω
0 (32) 4.9 ± 0.4 kΩ +90 (194) 140 ± 6 Ω
+10 (50) 3.0 ± 0.25 kΩ +100 (212) 104 ± 4 Ω
+20 (68) 1.9 ± 0.1 kΩ +110 (230) 78 ± 3 Ω
+30 (86) 1205 ± 85 Ω +120 (248) 60 ± 3 Ω
+40 (104) 798 ± 52 Ω +130 (266) 46 ± 2 Ω
+50 (122) 541 ± 32 Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 PID175
SE2202 Engine oil temperature sensor

Function In addition to engine oil temperature, also measures engine oil
level (SE2205).
Wiring
diagram
EA11, frame ground
EA31, oil temperature signal
cable harness: cable 4(4 = cable ≈ 0 Ω
no. 4) (a)
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 1(1 =

cable no.1) ≈5V
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3)
Signal line 3 (3 =
cable no.3) ≈ 1.4 K Ω
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part of 3 - 4 (cable no.3 - See table
system: cable no.4) below
1) 2) 3)
a. Cable number of adapter cable (4-pin cable), 999 8534
Oil temperature, ºC (ºF) Resistance Oil temperature, ºC (ºF) Resistance

–30 (–22) 27.5 ± 3.1 kΩ +60 (140) 376 ± 20 Ω
–20 (–4) 15.0 ± 1.6 kΩ +70 (158) 267 ± 13 Ω
–10 (–14) 8.5 ± 0.8 kΩ +80 (176) 191 ± 9 Ω
0 (32) 4.9 ± 0.4 kΩ +90 (194) 140 ± 6 Ω
+10 (50) 3.0 ± 0.25 kΩ +100 (212) 104 ± 4 Ω
+20 (68) 1.9 ± 0.14 kΩ +110 (230) 78 ± 3 Ω
+30 (86) 1205 ± 85 Ω +120 (248) 60 ± 3 Ω
+40 (104) 798 ± 52 Ω +130 (266) 46 ± 2 Ω
+50 (122) 541 ± 32 Ω
Service Information

MID 128 PPID 19 Internal Service Information 2014/10/24
EGR status
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
MID 128 PPID 19 Internal EGR status

MA2504 IEGR valve

(Internal Exhaust Gas Recirculation)
Function Return of exhausts for maximal combustion
Wiring
diagram
Control unit/ ≈∞Ω

cable harness: 2–
≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ
1–
2–B30 ≈0Ω
1–
2–
1–2 ≈ 35 Ω
Subsystem ≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ(inactive)
B30– ≈ 0 (active)
Service Information

128 SID1 - 6 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID1 - 6
MA2301– Injectors 1–6

MA2306
Function Injectors for fuel.
A36, A40, A44, A48, A52, and A56, control signal
A59 and A60, frame ground
Wiring
diagram
VCADS Pro 23712-3 Injectors shut off, manual
Test
Installing/
Adjusting:
Component: High – Low ≈ 1.3 Ω (20 °C)

[T1][T2]
≈∞Ω
High / Low–
Subsystem: A56–A59 ≈ 1.3 Ω (20 °C)

[T3] A52–A59
A48–-A59
A44–A60
A40–A60
A36–A60
A56 / A52 / A48 / ≈ ∞ Ω
A44 / A40 / A36–
[T1]It is assumed that both leads are disconnected from the respective injectors.
[T2]Small resistance values are difficult to measure. The values should be considered as guide values and as an aid in
detecting open circuits in the injector circuits.
[T3]Small resistance values are difficult to measure. The values should be considered as guide values and as an aid in
detecting open circuits in the injector circuits.
Service Information

128 SID21 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID21
Error codes
SAE code: MID128 SID21 FMI3

Engine position sensor (camshaft), high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers that camshaft speed signal is missing.
 Positive (+) cable short-circuited to  Error code is set.

frame ground or U ᵇᵃᵗ, or open circuit.
 Negative (–) cable short-circuited to
 Sensor incorrectly mounted (wrong
distance to ring gear) or reversed
polarity, or defective.
 Defective ring gear.
 Difficult to start at next start attempt (no  SE2703

symptom if error code is generated when  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
engine is running).

Engine position sensor (camshaft), abnormal frequency
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers an abnormal signal frequency from the speed sensor.
 Electrical interference with engine speed 

sensor.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical
cable.
 Incorrectly mounted sensor (wrong
distance to ring gear).
 Damaged ring gear.
 Difficult to start at next start attempt (no  SE2703

symptom if error code is generated when  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
engine is running).

SE2703 Engine position sensor (camshaft)
Function Measure speed camshaft.
Wiring diagram
EA7, engine speed (+)

EA18, engine speed (-)
Signal line (+) 1 - ≈75 ~ 110 Ω
Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Component 1-2 ≈ 775–945 Ω
2 - Frame ground ≈∞Ω 1) 2) 3) 4)

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID21
SE2703 Engine position sensor (camshaft)

Function Measure speed camshaft.
Wiring diagram

EA46, engine speed (-)
Signal line (+) 1 - ≈75 ~ 110 Ω
Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Component 1-2 ≈ 3.5 kΩ
2 - Frame ground ≈∞Ω 1) 2) 3) 4)

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID22
SE2701 Engine speed sensor (crankshaft)

Function Measures engine speed from the flywheel. Measurement is
taken on gear by converter.
Wiring diagram
EA30, engine speed (–)
Control unit/ Signal line (+) 1 ≈ 75 ~ 110 KΩ
cable harness: - Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)

1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID22
Error codes

Engine speed sensor (flywheel), intermittent or incorrect data
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers intermittent loss of signal or incorrect signal.
 Electrical interference with engine speed  Engine control unit uses the camshaft signal instead. If the
sensor. camshaft signal is also incorrect, the engine is shut off.
 Loose connection.  Error code is set.
 Poor insulation or defective electrical
cabling.
 Incorrectly mounted sensor (wrong
 Damaged gear teeth on flywheel.
 Engine runs rough / varying engine  SE2701

speed.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
 Engine stops / cannot be started (on
condition that camshaft signal is also
incorrect).
SAE-code: MID128 SID22 FMI3

Engine speed sensor (flywheel), high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers that signal from engine speed sensor is missing.
 Positive cable short-circuited to voltage  Engine control unit uses the camshaft signal instead. If the
or frame ground, or open circuit. camshaft signal is also incorrect, the engine is shut off.
 Negative cable short-circuited to voltage  Error code is set.
or open circuit.
 Short-circuit between cables or in sensor.
 Loose connection.
 Sensor incorrectly mounted or defective.
 Engine runs rough.  SE2701

 Engine stops if camshaft signal also  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
disappears.
Engine speed sensor (flywheel), abnormal frequency
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers an abnormal signal frequency from the engine speed sensor.
 Electrical interference with engine speed  Engine control unit uses the camshaft signal instead. If the
sensor. camshaft signal is also incorrect, the engine is shut off.
 Incorrectly mounted sensor (wrong  Error code is set.
 Damaged gear teeth on flywheel.
 Engine stops / cannot be started (on  SE2701

condition that camshaft signal is also  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
incorrect).

Wiring diagram
1) 2) 3) 4)

1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID22

Wiring diagram
1) 2) 3) 4)

1) 2) 3) 4)
Service Information

MID 128 SID 39 Engine Service Information 2014/10/24
starter motor relay
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
MID 128 SID 39 Engine starter motor relay

MO3301 Starter motor

Function Starts the engine.
Wiring
diagram
Control unit/ Frame ground cable ≈0Ω

cable harness:
31–
Feed cable ≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ
30 –
Component: RE3301/87–B29 ≈ 10–15 Ω

Service Information

MID 128 SID 42 Fuel Service Information 2014/10/24
control unit
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
MID 128 SID 42 Fuel control unit

PWM2303 Proportional solenoid valve, common rail fuel control

unit
Function Controls the common rail fuel control unit.
Wiring
diagram
Control unit/ Control cable (+) ≈0Ω
cable harness: 1–A12
Return cable (-)
2–A16
Component: 1–2 ≈4Ω
≈∞Ω
1–
2–
Subsystem: A12–A16 ≈4Ω
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID70
Error codes

Induction air preheating coil, high voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers that the relay for preheating coil is not activated and that the voltage on
EB5 is above 0.65 × U ᵇᵃᵗ.
 Relay continuously activated.  Error code is set.

 Signal cable short circuits to battery
voltage.
 Preheating relay can be activated  HE2501

constantly.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
 High current consumption.
 Poor battery.

Induction air preheating coil, low voltage
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers that the drive stage for the preheating relay is activated or EB5 is 0.07 X
Uᵇᵃᵗ.
 Signal cable short-circuited to frame  Output to relay for preheating coil is shut off.
ground.
 Relay for preheating coil defective.
 Fuse of the preheating coil is burn out.
 Preheating does not function.  HE2501

 White smoke during cold starts.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
 Difficult to start in extreme cold.

Induction air preheating coil, open circuit
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) registers an open circuit on EB5
 Open circuit in coil.  Output for relay for preheating coil is shut off.
 Open circuit in cable harness.
 Open circuit in connection between relay
and coil.
 Engine difficult to start in extreme cold.  HE2501

 Preheating does not function.  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
HE2501 Induction air preheating coil

Function Warms induction air in engine induction manifold.
Wiring
diagram

EB31, activation preheating relay signal
Component: Preheating coil - ≈0Ω
Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part 87A - ground ≈ 21 V (active)
of system: ≈ 0 V (inactive)
1) Measuring on heating coil 2) 3)
Preheating time (recommended)
Engine coolant temperature, ºC (ºF) Time for preheating, seconds

> 20 0
12 25
10 25
0 25
< - 10 50
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID70
HE2501 Induction air preheating coil

Function Warms induction air in engine induction manifold.
Wiring
diagram

EB25, activation preheating relay signal
Component: Preheating coil - ≈0Ω
Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Specific part 87A - ground ≈ 21 V (active)
of system: ≈ 0 V (inactive)
1) Measuring on heating coil 2) 3)
Preheating time (recommended)
Engine coolant temperature, ºC (ºF) Time for preheating, seconds

> 20 0
12 25
10 25
0 25
< - 10 50
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID231
SID231 SAE J1939 control link, failure

Function Checks if the communication between ECUs is down.
Wiring
diagram
Subsystem U ≈2.5 ~ 3.0 V
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V
Voltage levels J1939 CAN-bus

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID231
Error codes

Communication J1939, communication error
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) does not function about the control link (SAE J1939).
 Cables in control link (SAE J1939) short-  Error code is set.

circuited to each other.  Information is read / sent instead on the information link
 Break in control link (SAE J1939). (use SAE J1587).
 Temporary malfunction in hardware.
 Intermittent fault in cables.
  See "SAE J1939"


Communication J1939, defective unit or component
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) does not communicate with V-ECU, or defective E-ECU.
 No contact with vehicle control unit.  Error code is set.

 Information is read / sent instead on the information link
(use SAE J1587).
  See "SAE J1939"


Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID231

Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID250
Error codes

Error code: ER14 Communication J1587, communication error
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) does not function about control link (SAE J1587).

circuited to each other.  Information is read/sent instead on the information link (use
 Break in control link (SAE J1587) SAE J1587)
 Temporary malfunction in hardware
 Loose connection
 Intermittent fault in cables
 See "SAE J1587"


Error code: ER14 Communication J1587, defective unit or component
Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) does not communicate with J1587 of V-ECU, or internal fault in E-ECU.
 Internal fault in the engine control unit.  Error code is set.
  Replace the engine control unit.
SID250 SAE J1587 information link, failure

Wiring
diagram
Subsystem U ≈ 3.5 ~ 4.5 V
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V
Voltage levels J1587 bus

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID250
Error codes

Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) does not function about control link (SAE J1587).

 See "SAE J1587"


Conditions: Engine control unit (E-ECU) does not communicate with J1587 of V-ECU, or internal fault in E-ECU.
 Internal fault in the engine control unit.  Error code is set.
  Replace the engine control unit.

Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
128 SID250

Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PID96
SE2303 Sensor, fuel level

Function Measures the fuel level.
Wiring
diagram
2–A15 ≈0Ω
3–A63
2–
3–
2–3 ≈ 82 ~ 357.8 Ω
Subsystem: A15–A63 ≈ 1.7 (full) ~ 3.4

(empty)
Service Information

187 PPID1114 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1114
PWM9103 Proportional solenoid valve, cooling fan

Function Controls the cooling fan speed.
Wiring
diagram
cable harness: A9–1
Return cable (–)
A10–2
Component: 1–2 ≈ 21~32 Ω (20 °C)
≈∞Ω
1–
2–
Subsystem: A9–A10 ≈ 21 ~ 32 Ω (20 °C)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1121
MA9107 Solenoid valve, power boost

Function Controls the power boost mode.
Wiring
diagram
cable harness:
2–
Feed cable ≈ 24 V
1–
1–
2
1–2 ≈ 28 Ω (20 °C)
Subsystem: ≈ 24 V (active)
A36–
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1122
MA9105 Conflux cutoff solenoid

Function Controls conflux cutoff solenoid
Wiring
diagram
cable harness:
2–
Feed cable ≈ 24 V
1–
1–
2
1–2 ≈ 28 Ω
Subsystem: ≈ 24 V (active)
A37–
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1133
SW2701 Engine speed control switch

Function The switch is used to select the engine speed.
Wiring diagram
JA14, frame ground

JA39, signal line
JB11, power supply cable
Control unit/ Frame ground cable ≈ 0 Ω
cable harness: 1
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 3 ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of JA39 - JA14 ≈ 0.3–4.5 V
system:
Engine speed I2 mode: 0.3 V
control switch to
move variable H mode: 4.5 V 1) 2) 3)
position.
Checking speed
control switch 1) Electrical system of SDU 2) Analog inputs 3) check the
mode position switch step 1~9 of speed control sw
using by SDU.
Service Information

MID 187 PPID 1134 Flow Service Information 2014/10/24
control switch
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
MID 187 PPID 1134 Flow control switch

SW9101 Flow control switch

Function The switch is used to select the flow.
Wiring diagram
JA14, frame ground

JA62, signal line
JB11, power supply cable
Control unit/ Frame ground cable ≈ 0 Ω
cable harness: 1
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3) 4)
Supply cable 3 ≈ U ᵇᵃᵗ
- Frame ground
1) 2) 3)
Specific part of JA62 - JA14 ≈ 0.3–4.5 V
system:
Flow control switch
to move variable
position. 1) 2) 3)
1) Electrical system of SDU 2) Analog inputs 3) check the

switch step 1~9 of speed control sw
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1156
SE9105 Sensor, hydraulic oil temperature

Function Measures the hydraulic oil temperature.
Wiring
diagram
A40: signal
A63: ground
Control unit/ ≈0Ω
cable harness: 2–
≈5V
1–
1–
2–
1–2 Resistance values, see
the table below.
Subsystem: A40–A63 Resistance values, see

the table below.
SE9105 resistance values
Oil temp.( °C) Oil temp.(°F) Without self-heating INFLUENCE AT MAX. SELF-HEATING
OF COMPLETE SENSOR
R—NTC IN(Ω) Rs(COMPL.) IN(Ω) Rs(COMPL.) IN(Ω) URS IN VOLT
-40 -40 75992.99 3817.85 3817.53 4.635
-30 -22 39895.13 3652.01 3651.01 4.619
-20 -4 21871.42 3395.84 3393.18 4.593
-10 +14 12461.81 3039.50 3033.46 4.549
0 +32 7354.57 2599.57 2587.71 4.479
+10 +50 4482.2 2119.27 2100.77 4.373
+20 +68 2813.27 1655.04 1629.04 4.221
+30 +86 1814.4 1250.02 1220.73 4.011
+40 +104 1199.27 923.71 893.62 3.740
+50 +122 811.17 674.97 647.22 3.413
+60 +140 560.39 491.83 468.42 3.044
+70 +158 394.78 359.47 341.15 2.656
+80 +176 283.19 264.55 251.04 2.274
+90 +194 206.58 196.49 186.99 1.916
+100 +212 153.07 147.46 141.02 1.595
+110 +230 115.08 111.87 107.62 1.317
+120 +248 87.69 85.82 83.62 1.081
+130 +266 67.67 66.55 64.78 0.885
+140 +284 52.84 52.16 51.02 0.725
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1190
PWM9101 Proportional solenoid valve for pump flow control

Function Controls the pump flow.
Wiring
diagram

Return cable (-)
2–A5
Component: 1–2 ≈ 17.5 Ω (20 °C)
≈∞Ω
1–
2–
Subsystem: A5–A32 ≈ 17.5 Ω (20 °C)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1190
PWM9101 Proportional solenoid valve for pump flow control

Function Controls the pump flow.
Wiring
diagram

Return cable (-)
2–A5
Component: 1–2 ≈ 17.5 Ω (20 °C)
≈∞Ω
1–
2–
Subsystem: A5–A32 ≈ 17.5 Ω (20 °C)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 PPID1191
PWM9109 Proportional solenoid valve for X1 flow control

Function Controls the X1 flow.
Wiring
diagram
Return cable (-)
2–A30
Component: 1–2 ≈ 11.5 Ω (20 °C)
≈∞Ω
1–
2–
Subsystem: A56–A30 ≈ 11.5 Ω (20 °C)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 SID231

Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 SID231
Error codes

Conditions: Vehicle control unit (V-ECU) does not function about the control link (SAE J1939).

circuited to each other.  Information is read / sent instead on the information link
 Break in control link (SAE J1939). (use SAE J1587).
 No contact with engine control unit.
  See "SAE J1939"


Conditions: Vehicle control unit (V-ECU) does not communicate with E-ECU, or defective V-ECU.
 No contact with engine control unit.  Error code is set.

 Information is read / sent instead on the information link
(use SAE J1587).
  See "SAE J1939"


Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 SID231

Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 SID250

Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 SID250
Error codes

Conditions: Vehicle control unit (V-ECU) does not function about the control link (SAE J1587).

circuited to each other.
 Break in control link (SAE J1587).
 Internal fault in the vehicle control unit.
  See "SAE J1587"


Conditions: Vehicle control unit (V-ECU) does not communicate with J1587 of E-ECU, or internal fault in V-ECU.
 Internal fault in the vehicle control unit.  Error code is set.
  See "SAE J1587"


Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 SID250

Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
187 SID251
Error codes

Battery voltage (V-ECU input power voltage), too high voltage
Conditions: Vehicle control unit (V-ECU) registers too high voltage (above 32V) on JB15, JB16.
 Fault regulator in the alternator.  Error code is set.

 Supply cable short-circuited to excessive
resistance between battery and V-ECU.
 The power supply part of V-ECU has failed.
 Warning lights up on instrument panel  See "Checking electrical cabling and connectors"
(battery charge warning lamp).  Check the alternator, battery post, fuse, relay, etc for
 I-ECU shows the voltage on screen. corrosion or incorrect assembly.

Battery voltage (V-ECU input power voltage), too low voltage
Conditions: Vehicle control unit (V-ECU) registers too low voltage (below 18V) on JB15, JB16.
 Fault regulator in the alternator.  Error code is set.

 The power supply part of V-ECU has failed.  Red warning lamp is requested.
 Supply cable open circuit.
 Warning lights up on instrument panel  Checking electrical cabling and connectors

(battery charge warning lamp).  Check the alternator, battery post, fuse, relay, etc for
 I-ECU displays the voltage on screen. corrosion or incorrect assembly.
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
140 SID231

Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
140 SID231
Error codes

Conditions: Instrument control unit (I-ECU) does not function about the control link (SAE J1939).

 No contact with engine control unit or
vehicle control unit
  See "SAE J1939"


Conditions: Instrument control unit (I-ECU) registers does not communicate with E-ECU, or defective V-ECU.
 No contact with engine control unit or  Error code is set.

vehicle control unit  Information is read/sent instead on the information link (use
SAE J1587)
  See " SAE J1939"


Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
140 SID231

Wiring
diagram
CAN H -
U ≈ 2.0 ~ 2.5 V
CAN L -
CAN H - L U≈0~1V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
140 SID250

Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
140 SID250
Error codes

Conditions: Instrument control unit (I-ECU) does not function about the control link (SAE J1939).

circuited to each other.
 Break in control link (SAE J1587)
 No contact with engine control unit or
vehicle control unit
  See "SAE J1587"


Conditions: Instrument control unit (I-ECU) does not communicate with J1587 of E-ECU, or internal fault in V-ECU
 Internal fault in the instrument control  Error code is set.

unit
  See " SAE J1587"


Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
140 SID250

Wiring
diagram
J1587 A -
U ≈ 0 ~ 1.5 V
J1587 B -
J1587 A - B U ≈ 2.5 ~ 4.0 V

Service Information

E-ECU (MID128) Engine Service Information 2014/10/24
control unit, active
measuring conditions
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, active measuring conditions
Figure 1
voltage measurement with multi-pin breaker box and adapter cable connected between cable harness and engine
control unit (E-ECU)
Conditions
1) Control unit connected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected between control unit and cable harness
3) Inter-connecting cable connected to the other connector.
NOTE! NOTE!
For measuring voltage, the following applies: For measuring resistance, the following applies:
4a) Turn master switch to the ON position, 4b)Turn start switch to the OFF position,
turn start switch to the ON position and turn master switch to the OFF position and
measure the voltage with the multimeter. measure the resistance with the multimeter.
NOTE!
During all resistance measurements, the master switch must
be turned OFF.
5) Engine off
U Direct voltage in volts (V)
Uᵇᵃᵗ Battery voltage
Uᵒ Voltage near to 0 volt or 0 volt
R Resistance in ohm (Ω)
E-ECU Active measuring
Pin Signal/component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous

points
EA1 Not connected
EA2 SE2507, boost temperature, signal EA2-EA5 U ≈2.6 - 1.2 V (+20 °C to + 40 °C / Depending on
+68 °F to +104 °F) temperature
EA3 SE2508, boost pressure, signal EA3-EA5 U ≈ 1.1 V (at 0 meter above sea Engine off
level)
EA4 Feed to sensor (5 V, supply) EA4-EA5 U≈5V
EA5 Signal ground to sensor
EA6 Not connected
EA7 SE2703, engine position sensor See passive
(camshaft speed, plus +) measuring
EA8 Not connected
EA9
EA10
EA11 MA2301, injector 1 solenoid valve EA11 -EA24 U ≈ Uᵒ See passive
measuring
EA12 MA2301 - 2303 injector 1 - 3 (GND)
EA13 SE2236, fuel temperature sensor, signal EA13 -EA5 U ≈2.6 - 1.2 V (+20 °C to +50 °C / Depending on
EA14 SE2203, engine oil pressure, signal EA14 - EA5 U ≈0.5 V Engine off
EA15 Not connected
EA16
EA17
EA18 SE2703, engine position sensor See passive
( camshaft, minus -) measuring
EA19 Not connected
EA20
EA21
EA22 MA2302, injector 2 solenoid valve EA22 - EA24 U ≈ Uᵒ See passive
measuring
measuring
EA24 MA2304 - 2306 injector 4 - 6 (GND) See passive
measuring
EA25 SE2606, coolant temperature, signal EA25 - EA5 U ≈3.0 - 0.6 V (+20 °C to +85 °C / Depending on
EA26 Not connected
EA27
EA28
EA29
EA30 SE2701, engine speed sensor, crank (+) See passive
measuring
EA31 SE2701, engine speed sensor , crank (-) See passive
measuring
EA32 Not connected
EA33
measuring
measuring
EA36 MA2306, injector 6 solenoid valve U ≈ Uᵒ See passive
measuring
----- ----------------------------------------
EB1 SAE J1939 H Control bus EB1 - EB9 U ≈2 - 5 V
EB2 SAE J1939 L Control bus EB2 - EB9 U ≈0 - 3 V
EB3 SE2501, air inlet temperature, signal EB3 - EB13 U ≈2.6 - 1.2 V (+20 °C to +50 °C / Depending on
EB4 SW2704, emergency switch EB4-EB9 U ≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ (high speed position)
U ≈ 0 V (idle speed position)
EB5 RHE2501, preheating, coil EB5 - EB9 U ≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ (heater : On)
U ≈ 0 V (heater : Off)
EB6 Not connected
EB7 SE2603, coolant level, signal EB7 - EB8 U ≈0.8 x Uᵇᵃᵗ (open or warning
condition)
U < 3 V (low level)
EB8 Signal ground to monitor
EB9 Ground See EB7, EB 17
EB10 Ground
EB11 Voltage supply EB11 - EB9 U ≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ
EB12 Voltage supply See EB11 U ≈ Uᵒ
EB13 Signal ground to sensor See EB3
EB14 Not connected
EB15
EB16
EB17 SE2502, air inlet pressure signal (air EB17 - EB8 U ≈3 V (normal, not clogged)
filter clogged) U ≈0.8 x Uᵇᵃᵗ (clogged or open)
EB18 Not connected
EB19
EB20
EB21
EB22
EB23
EB24
EB25 SAE J1587 A information bus EB25 - EB9 U ≈0 - 5 V (Min =0 V, Max = 5 V) Measure voltage
of signal minimum
and maximum
value
EB26 SAE J1587 B information bus EB26 - EB9 U ≈0 - 5 V (Min =0 V, Max = 5 V) Measure voltage
of signal minimum
and maximum
value
EB27 Not connected
EB28
EB29
EB30
EB31 RE2501, preheating relay EB31 - EB9 U ≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ (inactive = heater, Off)
U ≈ 0 V (active = heater, On)
EB32 Not connected
EB33
EB34
EB35
EB36
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Conditions
NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
5) Engine off

points
EA1 - EA6 Not connected
EA7 Feed to sensor (5V) EA7 - EA11 U≈5V
EA8 - Not connected
EA10
EA12 PWM2303, actuator MPROP common EA12 - EA16 U ≈ 4.5 V At constant
rail rpm.
EA13 Not connected
EA14
EA15 SE2502, ambient filter ground
EA16 PWM2303, actuator MPROP common
rail
EA17 Not connected
EA18
EA19 SE2309, rail pressure EA19 - EA11 U ≈ 0.5 V
EA20 Not connected
EA21
EA22 SE2508, boost pressure signal EA22 - EA11 U ≈ 1.1 V (at 0 meter above see level)
EA23 - Not connected
EA28
EA29 SE2502, air cleaner indicator EA29 - EA15 U ≈ 3 V
EA30 Not connected
EA31 SE2202, oil temperature, signal EA31 - EA11 U ≈ 3.0 – 0.4 V (+20 °C to +100 °C /
+68 °F to +212 °F)
EA32 Not connected
EA33 SAE J1587 B information bus EA33 - EA57 U ≈ 2.4 – 1.9 V Measure
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value.
EA34 SAE J1587 A information bus EA34 - EA57 U ≈ 2.8 – 2.4 V Measure
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value.
EA35 Not connected
EA36 MA2306, injector cylinder 6 See passive
measuring
EA37 SE2701, engine crank speed, plus (+) See passive
measuring
EA38 SE2701, engine crank speed, minus (–) See passive
measuring
EA39 Not connected
measuring
EA43
measuring
EA45 SE2703, engine camshaft speed, plus (+) See passive
measuring
EA46 SE2703, engine camshaft speed, minus See passive
(-) measuring
EA47 SE2507, boost temperature, signal EA47 - EA11 U ≈ 2.6 – 1.6 V (+20 °C to +40 °C /
+68 °F to +104 °F)
measuring
EA51
measuring
EA55
measuring
EA57 ECU ground
EA58 Not connected
EA59 MA2301 - 2303, injector cylinder 1-3 See passive
(sv)- feed measuring
EA61 Not connected
EA62
EB1 - EB2 Not connected

EB3 SE2205, engine oil level, low See passive
measuring
EB4 SE2205, engine oil level, high
EB7 HE2501, preheating diagnostics EB7 - EB58 U ≈ 0.8 × Uᵇᵃᵗ (open) Normally
U ≈ 0 V (closed) closedwhen
start switch is
ON position.
EB8 SE2302, water in fuel, signal EB7 - EB10 U ≈ 0.8 × Uᵇᵃᵗ (open)
EB9 Not connected
EB10 Switch ground
EB11 SE2203, engine oil pressure, signal EB11 - EB18 U ≈ 0.5 V (when engine is off)
EB12 - Not connected
EB14
EB15 SW2704, engine limp home switch
EB16 SE2301, fuel pressure, signal EB16 - EB18 U ≈ 0.5 V
EB17 Feed to sensor EB17 - EB18 U≈5V
EB18 Signal ground to sensor
EB22
EB23 SE2603, coolant level, signal EB23 - EB10 U ≈ 0.8 × Uᵇᵃᵗ (open, normal) Normally
U < 6.5 (closed, low level) openwhen
start switch is
ON position.
EB24 Not connected
EB25 RE2501, preheating relay EB25 - EB58 U ≈Uᵇᵃᵗ (inactive) Normally
U ≈ 0 V (active) closedwhen
start switch is
ON position.
EB26 Not connected
EB27 SE2606, coolant temperature, engine, EB27 - EB18 U ≈ 3.0 – 0.6 V (+20 °C to +85 °C /
signal +68 °F to +185 °F)
EB28 Not connected
EB29 Start motor pre-relay EB29 - EB58 U ≈ 24 V (start switch, crank)
EB30 MA2504, IEGR solenoid valve (T3 only) EB30 - EB58 U ≈Uᵇᵃᵗ (inactive)
U ≈ 0 V (active)
EB31 SE2501, ambient air temperature EB31 - EB18 U ≈ 2.6 – 1.2 V (+20 °C to +50 °C /
+68 °F to +122 °F)
EB50
EB51 SAE J1939 H control bus EB51 - EB58 U ≈ 3.0 – 3.5 V Measuring
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value
EB54
EB55 SAE J1939 L control bus EB55 - EB58 U ≈ 1.5 – 2.0 V Measuring
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value
EB56 Not connected
EB57 Voltage feed (ECU supply) EB57 - EB58 U ≈ Uᵇᵃᵗ
EB58 ECU ground
EB59 ECU ground
EB61 ECU ground
EB62 Not connected
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Conditions
NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
5) Engine off

points
EA8 - Not connected
EA10
EA12 PWM2303, actuator MPROP common EA12 - EA16 U ≈ 4.5 V At constant
rail rpm.
EA13 Not connected
EA14
rail
EA17 Not connected
EA18
EA20 Not connected
EA21
EA22 SE2508, boost pressure signal EA22 - EA11 U ≈ 1.1 V (at 0 meter above see level)
EA28
EA30 Not connected
+68 °F to +212 °F)
EA32 Not connected
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value.
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value.
EA35 Not connected
measuring
measuring
EA38 SE2701, engine crank speed, minus (–) See passive
measuring
EA39 Not connected
measuring
EA43
measuring
measuring
(-) measuring
EA47 SE2507, boost temperature, signal EA47 - EA11 U ≈ 2.6 – 1.6 V (+20 °C to +40 °C /
+68 °F to +104 °F)
measuring
EA51
measuring
EA55
measuring
EA57 ECU ground
EA58 Not connected
EA61 Not connected
EA62

EB3 SE2205, engine oil level, low See passive
measuring
EB4 SE2205, engine oil level, high
EB7 HE2501, preheating diagnostics EB7 - EB58 U ≈ 0.8 × Uᵇᵃᵗ (open) Normally
start switch is
ON position.
EB9 Not connected
EB10 Switch ground
EB14
EB15 SW2704, engine limp home switch
EB16 SE2301, fuel pressure, signal EB16 - EB18 U ≈ 0.5 V
EB22
start switch is
ON position.
EB24 Not connected
EB25 RE2501, preheating relay EB25 - EB58 U ≈Uᵇᵃᵗ (inactive) Normally
start switch is
ON position.
EB26 Not connected
EB28 Not connected
EB29 Start motor pre-relay EB29 - EB58 U ≈ 24 V (start switch, crank)
EB30 MA2504, IEGR solenoid valve (T3 only) EB30 - EB58 U ≈Uᵇᵃᵗ (inactive)
U ≈ 0 V (active)
EB31 SE2501, ambient air temperature EB31 - EB18 U ≈ 2.6 – 1.2 V (+20 °C to +50 °C /
+68 °F to +122 °F)
EB50
EB51 SAE J1939 H control bus EB51 - EB58 U ≈ 3.0 – 3.5 V Measuring
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value
EB54
EB55 SAE J1939 L control bus EB55 - EB58 U ≈ 1.5 – 2.0 V Measuring
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value
EB56 Not connected
EB58 ECU ground
EB59 ECU ground
EB61 ECU ground
EB62 Not connected
Service Information

control unit, passive
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
E-ECU (MID128) Engine control unit, passive measuring conditions
Figure 1
resistance measurement against cable harness, engine control unit (E-ECU) disconnected
Conditions
1) Control unit disconnected
2) Multi-pin breaker box connected against cable harness

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
4) Engine off
E-ECU Passive measuring

points
EA1 Not connected
EA2 SE2507, boost temperature, signal
EA3 SE2508, boost pressure, signal See active
measuring
EA4 Feed to sensor (5 V, supply) See active
measuring
EA5 Signal ground to sensor EA5 - EA9 R≈0Ω
EA6 Not connected
EA7 SE2703, engine position sensor EA7 - EA18 R ≈ 3.9 kΩ
(camshaft, plus +)
EA8 Not connected
EA9
EA10
EA11 MA2301, injector 1 solenoid valve EA11 - EA12 R ≈ 1.5 - 2.0 Ω
EA12 MA2301 - 2303 injector 1 - 3 (GND) See EA11
EA13 SE2236, fuel temperature sensor, signal See active
measuring
EA14 SE2203, engine oil pressure, signal EA14 - EA5 See active
measuring
EA15 Not connected
EA16
EA17
EA18 SE2703, engine position sensor See EA7
( camshaft, minus -)
EA19 Not connected
EA20
EA21
EA24 MA2304 - 2306 injector 4 - 6 (GND)
EA25 SE2606, coolant temperature, signal
EA26 Not connected
EA27
EA28
EA29
EA30 SE2701, engine speed sensor, crank (+) EA30 - EA31 R ≈ 3.9 KΩ
EA31 SE2701, engine speed sensor , crank (-) EA31 - EA30 R ≈ 3.9 KΩ
EA32 Not connected
EA33
----- ----------------------------------------
EB1 SAE J1939 H Control bus EB1 - EB2 R ≈ 110 Ω
EB2 SAE J1939 L Control bus EB2 - EB1 R ≈ 110 Ω
EB3 SE2501, air inlet temperature, signal EB3 - EB13
EB4 SW2704, emergency switch EB4 - EB9 Idle speed position
EB5 RHE2501, preheating, coil EB5 - EB9 R≈0Ω
EB6 Not connected
EB7 SE2603, coolant level, signal EB7 - EB8 R ≈ ∞ Ω (open) normal level
R ≈ 0 Ω (closed) low level
EB8 Signal ground to monitor
EB9 Ground
EB10 Ground
EB11 Voltage supply EB11 - EB12 R≈0Ω
EB12 Voltage supply EB12-EB11 R≈0Ω
EB14 Not connected
EB15
EB16
EB17 SE2502, air inlet pressure signal (air EB17 - EB8 R ≈ 2.2 KΩ (clogged)
filter clogged) R ≈ 330 Ω (not clogged)
EB18 Not connected
EB19
EB20
EB21
EB22
EB23
EB24
EB25 SAE J1587 A information bus See active
measuring
EB26 SAE J1587 B information bus See active
measuring
EB27 Not connected
EB28
EB29
EB30
EB31 RE2501, preheating relay EB31 - EB9 R ≈ 132 Ω (clogged) See active
measuring
EB32 Not connected
EB33
EB34
EB35
EB36
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Conditions

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
4) Engine off
E-ECU passive measuring

points
EA7 Feed to sensor (5V)
EA8 - Not connected
EA10
rail
EA14
rail
EA18
EA19 SE2309, rail pressure
EA21
EA22 SE2508, boost pressure signal
EA28
EA29 SE2502, air cleaner indicator EA29 - EA15 R ≈ 0.33 kΩ (not clogged)
R ≈ 2.2 kΩ (clogged)
EA30 Not connected
EA31 SE2202, oil temperature, signal EA31 - EA11 R ≈ 0.2 kΩ (+20 °C / +68 °F)
EA32 Not connected
EA33 SAE J1587 B information bus See active
measuring
EA34 SAE J1587 A information bus See active
measuring
EA35 Not connected
EA36 MA2306, injector cylinder 6 EA36 - EA60 R ≈ 1.3 Ω
EA37 SE2701, engine crank speed, plus (+) EA37 - EA38 R ≈ 0.9 KΩ
EA38 SE2701, engine crank speed, minus (–)
EA39 Not connected
EA43
EA45 SE2703, engine camshaft speed, plus (+) EA45 - EA46 R ≈ 3.5 KΩ
EA46 SE2703, engine camshaft speed, minus
(-)
EA47 SE2507, boost temperature, signal EA47 - EA11 R ≈ 2.5 kΩ (+20 °C) (+68 °F)
EA51
EA55
EA57 ECU ground
EA58 Not connected
EA59 MA2301 - 2303, injector cylinder 1-3
(sv)- feed
(sv)- feed
EA62

EB3 SE2205, engine oil level, low EB3 - EB4
EB4 SE2205, engine oil level, high EB4 - EB3 R ≈ 12.2 Ω (+25 °C) (+77 °F)
EB7 HE2501, preheating diagnostics EB7 - EB58 R ≈ 1.8 Ω
EB8 SE2302, water in fuel, signal See active
measuring.
EB9 Not connected
EB10 Switch Ground
EB11 SE2203, engine oil pressure, signal See active
measuring.
EB14
EB15 SW2704, engine limp home switch See active
measuring.
EB16 SE2301, fuel pressure, signal See active
measuring.
EB17 Feed to sensor See active
measuring.
EB22
EB23 SE2603, coolant level, signal EB23 - EB10 R ≈ ∞Ω (open) normal level
EB24 Not connected
EB25 RE2501, preheating relay EB25 - EB60 R ≈ 20 Ω
EB26 Not connected
EB27 SE2606, coolant temperature, engine, EB27 - EB18 R ≈ 1.7 KΩ
signal
EB28 Not connected
EB29 Start motor pre-relay See active
measuring.
EB30 MA2504, IEGR solenoid valve (T3 only) EB30 - EB57 R ≈ 40 Ω
EB31 SE2501, ambient air temperature EB31 - EB18 R ≈ 6.2 - 1.7 KΩ (+20 °C to +50 °C /
+68 °F to +122 °F)
EB50
EB51 SAE J1939 H control bus EB51 - EB55 R ≈ 120 Ω
EB54
EB55 SAE J1939 L control bus
EB56 Not connected
EB57 Voltage feed (ECU supply) See active
measuring
EB58 ECU ground
EB59 ECU ground
measuring
EB61 ECU ground
EB62 Not connected
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Conditions

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
4) Engine off

points
EA8 - Not connected
EA10
rail
EA14
rail
EA18
EA19 SE2309, rail pressure
EA21
EA22 SE2508, boost pressure signal
EA28
EA29 SE2502, air cleaner indicator EA29 - EA15 R ≈ 0.33 kΩ (not clogged)
R ≈ 2.2 kΩ (clogged)
EA30 Not connected
EA31 SE2202, oil temperature, signal EA31 - EA11 R ≈ 0.2 kΩ (+20 °C / +68 °F)
EA32 Not connected
measuring
measuring
EA35 Not connected
EA38 SE2701, engine crank speed, minus (–)
EA39 Not connected
EA43
EA46 SE2703, engine camshaft speed, minus
(-)
EA47 SE2507, boost temperature, signal EA47 - EA11 R ≈ 2.5 kΩ (+20 °C) (+68 °F)
EA51
EA55
EA57 ECU ground
EA58 Not connected
(sv)- feed
(sv)- feed
EA62

EB4 SE2205, engine oil level, high EB4 - EB3 R ≈ 12.2 Ω (+25 °C) (+77 °F)
EB7 HE2501, preheating diagnostics EB7 - EB58 R ≈ 1.8 Ω
measuring.
EB9 Not connected
EB10 Switch Ground
EB11 SE2203, engine oil pressure, signal See active
measuring.
EB14
EB15 SW2704, engine limp home switch See active
measuring.
EB16 SE2301, fuel pressure, signal See active
measuring.
measuring.
EB22
EB24 Not connected
EB25 RE2501, preheating relay EB25 - EB60 R ≈ 20 Ω
EB26 Not connected
signal
EB28 Not connected
EB29 Start motor pre-relay See active
measuring.
EB30 MA2504, IEGR solenoid valve (T3 only) EB30 - EB57 R ≈ 40 Ω
EB31 SE2501, ambient air temperature EB31 - EB18 R ≈ 6.2 - 1.7 KΩ (+20 °C to +50 °C /
+68 °F to +122 °F)
EB50
EB51 SAE J1939 H control bus EB51 - EB55 R ≈ 120 Ω
EB54
EB55 SAE J1939 L control bus
EB56 Not connected
measuring
EB58 ECU ground
EB59 ECU ground
measuring
EB61 ECU ground
EB62 Not connected
Service Information

V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active measuring conditions
Figure 1
voltage measurement with multi-pin breaker box and adapter cable connected between cable harness and vehicle
control unit (V-ECU)
Conditions
NOTE! NOTE!
NOTICE
During all resistance measurements, the master switch
must be turned OFF.
5) Engine off
V-ECU Active measuring
Pin Signal / component Measuring Correct value Miscellaneous

points
JA1 Contronics key “V” JA1 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (key: ON)
U ≈ 0 V (key: OFF)
JA2 Contronics clock JA2 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (SDU install)
U ≈ 0 V (SDU uninstall)
JA3 Preheater indicator JA3 - JB8 U < 0.5 V (indicator: ON)
U ≈ Ubat (indicator: OFF)
JA4 Not connected
JA5 MA9102, power shift proportional JA5 - JB8 U ≈ 0 - 1.0 V
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 FU25, fuse for auxiliary proportional JA7 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
valve
JA8 Not connected
JA9
JA10
JA11
JA12
JA13 RE3701, EMS power cut off relay JA13 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA14 Rotary switch ground JA14 - JB8 U≈0V
JA15 Not connected
JA16
JA17 Float position pilot pressure switch JA17 - JB8 U≈5V
JA18 SW9103, travel speed selection switch JA18 - JB8 U ≈ 5 V (automatic position)
U ≈ 0 V (low speed position)
JA19 SE9101, attach pilot pressure switch JA19 - JB8 U≈5V
JA20 Safety lever switch JA20 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
U ≈ 0 V (switch: OFF)
JA21 Not connected
JA22 SW2704, emergency RPM control and JA22 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
stop switch (EMS power check)
JA23 SW9104, quickfit switch JA23 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
JA24 Contronics key “#” JA24 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (key: ON)
JA25 Contronics key “>” JA25 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (key: ON)
JA26 Contronics data JA26 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (SDU install)
JA27 Coolant level indicator JA27 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (indicator: OFF) indicator OFF:
U ≈ 0 V (indicator: ON) normal condition
JA28 Coolant temperature warning indicator JA28 - JB8 U < 1 V (indicator: ON)
JA29 Not connected
JA30 MA9101, flow control proportional JA30 - JB8 U ≈ 0 - 1.0 V
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 MA9102, power shift proportional See passive
valve signal measuring.
JA33 FU25, fuse for proportional valve JA33 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA34 VECU status signal check See passive
measuring.
JA35 FU27, fuse for conflux shut off JA35 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA36 MA9107, power boost solenoid valve See passive
measuring.
JA37 MA9106, Boom/Arm conflux shut off See passive
solenoid valve measuring.
JA38 RE9102, travel motor relay See passive
measuring.
JA39 SW2701, engine speed control switch JA39 - JB8 U ≈ 0.3 - 4.5 V
signal
JA40 Not connected
JA41
JA42 SW9105, quickfit switch (confirm) JA42 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
JA43 SE9103, travel pilot pressure switch JA43 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (machine moving)
U ≈ 5 V (machine stop)
JA44 SW2702, Power maximum mode select JA44 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
switch U ≈ 5 V (switch: OFF)
JA45 Not connected
JA46
JA47 SW2704, emergency RPM control and See passive
stop switch (IVS) measuring.
JA48 Contronics key "*” JA48 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (key: ON)
JA49 Contronics enable JA49 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (SDU install)
JA50 Not connected
JA51 Air cleaner indicator JA51 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (indicator: ON)
JA52 Float position indicator JA52 - JB8
JA53 Not connected
JA54
JA55
JA56 MA9101, flow control proportional See passive
valve signal measuring.
JA57 Not connected
JA58
JA59 Float position solenoid valve See passive
measuring.
JA60 FU27, fuse for power boost solenoid JA60 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
valve
JA61 RE3101, battery relay cut off signal JA61 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA62 SW9101, flow control switch signal JA62 - JB8 U ≈ 0.3 - 4.5 V
JA63 Not connected
JA64
JA65
JA66 SE9102, hammer pilot pressure switch JA66 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
JA67 SW2703, auto idle select switch JA67 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
JA68 MA9117, hammer selection solenoid
valve (hammer select check) (option)
JA69 Float position switch JA69 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
JA70 SW9109 / SW9110, Rotator switch left / JA70 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
right (option) U ≈ 0 V (switch: OFF)
----- ---------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------------------------------- --------------------
--
JB1 SW9107, boost / hammer / shear JB1 - JB8 U≈0V
selecting switch U ≈ Ubat (boost select only)
JB2 SW3301, engine start key (R2) JB2 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (engine cranking only)
U ≈ 0 V (other condition)
JB3 Not connected
JB4 J1587 B (white color) JB4 - JB8 U≈0-5V
JB5 Shield ground (J1939)
JB6 CAN L (J1939 L, green color) JB6 - JB8 U≈0-3V
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB9 SW3301, engine start key (ACC) JB9 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JB10 Not connected
JB11 Rotary switch power (option) JB11 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JB12 J1587 A (red color) JB12 - JB8 U≈0-5V
JB14 CAN H (J1939 H, yellow color) JB14 - JB8 U≈2-5V
JB15 Battery +24 V JB15 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive measuring conditions
Figure 1
resistance measurement against cable harness, vehicle control unit (V-ECU) disconnected
Conditions

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTICE
During all resistance measurements, the master switch
must be turned OFF.
4) Engine off
V-ECU Passive measuring

points
JA1 Contronics key “V” See active measuring.
JA2 Contronics clock See active measuring.
JA3 Preheater indicator See active measuring.
JA4 Not connected
JA5 MA9102, power shift proportional JA5 - JA32 R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 FU25, fuse for auxiliary See active measuring.
proportional valve
JA8 Not connected
JA9
JA10
JA11
JA12 MA9113, hydraulic oil cooler fan JA12 - JB8 R ≈ 20 -30 Ω
solenoid valve
JA13 RE3701, EMS power cut off relay JA13 - JB8 R ≈ 315 Ω ± 10 %
JA14 Rotary switch ground
JA15 Not connected
JA16
JA17
JA18 SW9103, travel speed selection See active measuring.
switch
JA19 SE9101, attach pilot pressure switch See active measuring.
JA20 Safety lever switch See active measuring.
JA21 Not connected
JA22 SW2704, emergency RPM control See active measuring.
and stop switch (EMS power check)
JA23 SW9104, quickfit switch See active measuring.
JA24 Contronics key “#” See active measuring.
JA25 Contronics key “>” See active measuring.
JA26 Contronics data See active measuring.
JA27 Coolant level indicator See active measuring.
JA28 Coolant temperature indicator See active measuring.
JA29 Not connected
JA30 MA9101, flow control proportional JA30 - JA56 R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 MA9102, power shift proportional JA32 - JA5 R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve signal
JA33 FU25, fuse for proportional valve See active measuring.
JA34 VECU status JA34 - JB8 R ≈ 320 - 345 KΩ
JA35 FU27, fuse for conflux shut off See active measuring.
JA36 MA9107, power boost solenoid JA36 - JB8 R ≈ 20 -30 Ω
valve
JA37 MA9106, boom/Arm conflux shut JA37 - JB8 R ≈ 10 - 15 Ω
off solenoid valve
JA38 RE9102, travel motor relay JA38 - JB8 R ≈ 315 Ω ± 10 %
JA39 SW2701, engine speed control JA39 - JA14 R ≈ 46.5 - 47.5 KΩ
switch
JA40 Not connected
JA41
JA42 SW9105, quickfit switch (confirm) See active measuring.
JA43 SE9103, travel pilot pressure switch See active measuring.
JA44 SW2702, Power maximum mode JA44 - JB8 R ≈ 0 Ω (power maximum mode See active measuring.
select switch select switch: ON only)
JA45 Not connected
JA46
JA47 SW2704, emergency RPM control JA47 - JB8 R ≈ 2.89 - 2.91 KΩ
and stop switch (IVS)
JA48 Contronics key "*” See active measuring.
JA49 Contronics enable See active measuring.
JA50 Not connected
JA51 Air cleaner indicator See active measuring.
JA52 Float position indicator
JA53 Not connected
JA54
JA55
JA56 MA9101, flow control proportional JA56 - JA30 R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve signal
JA57 Not connected
JA58
JA59 Float position solenoid valve JA59 - JB8 R ≈ 20 -30 Ω
JA60 FU27, fuse for power boost See active measuring.
solenoid valve
JA61 RE3101, battery relay cut off signal See active measuring.
JA62 SW9101, flow control switch signal See active measuring.
JA63 Not connected
JA64
JA65
JA66 SE9102, hammer pilot pressure See active measuring.
switch
JA67 SW2703, auto idle select switch See active measuring.
JA68 MA9117, hammer selection
solenoid valve (hammer select
check) (option)
JA69 Float position switch See active measuring.
JA70 SW9109 / SW9110, Rotator switch, See active measuring.
left / right (option)
----- --------------------------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------- --------
- -
JB1 SW9107, boost / hammer / shear See active measuring.
selecting switch
JB2 SW3301, engine start key (R2) See active measuring.
JB3 Not connected
JB4 J1587 B (white color) See active measuring.
JB6 CAN L (J1939 L, green color) JB6 - JB14 R ≈ 60 Ω
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB9 SW3301, engine start key (ACC) See active measuring.
JB10 Not connected
JB11 Rotary switch power (option) See active measuring.
JB12 J1587 A (red color) See active measuring.
JB14 CAN H (J1939 H, yellow color) JB14 - JB6 R ≈ 60 Ω
JB15 Battery +24 V See active measuring.
JB16 Battery +24 V See active measuring.
Service Information

measuring conditions (I-
ECU application)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active measuring conditions (I-

ECU application)
Figure 1
Conditions
NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
5) Engine off

points
JA3 Not connected
JA4
JA5 MA9102, power shift proportional JA5 - JB8 U ≈ 0–1.0 V
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 AL3201, alternator "I" signal JA7 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA8 Not connected
JA9
JA10
JA11
JA12
JA13 RE3701, EMS power cut off relay JA13 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA14 SW2701, rotary switch ground
JA15 SE2303, fuel level sensor JA15 - JB8 U≈5V
JA16 SW9105, quickfit switch JA16 - JB8 U≈5V
JA17 SE9111, float position pressure JA17 - JB8 U≈5V
sensor
JA18 SW9103, high travel speed selection JA18 - JB8 U ≈ 5 V (automatic position)
switch U ≈ 0 V (low speed position)
JA19 SE9101, attach pilot pressure sensor JA19 - JB8 U≈5V
JA20 SE8501, safety lever sensor JA20 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
JA21 Lubrication indication JA21 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA22 SW2704, emergency RPM control JA22 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
and stop switch (EMS power check)
JA27 Not connected
JA28
JA29
JA30 MA9101, flow control proportional JA30 - JB8 U ≈ 0–1.0 V
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 MA9102, power shift proportional See passive
valve signal measuring
measuring
measuring
JA37 MA9106, Boom/Arm conflux shut off See passive
solenoid valve measuring
JA38 RE9102, travel motor relay See passive
measuring
JA39 SW2701, engine speed control switch JA39 - JB8 U ≈ 0.3–4.5 V
signal
JA40 Not connected
JA41 SE9107, overload pressure sensor JA41 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
JA43 SE9103, travel pilot pressure sensor JA43 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (machine moving)
JA44 SW2702, Power maximum mode JA44 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
select switch U ≈ 5 V (switch: OFF)
JA45 SW9107, shear select switch JA45 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
JA46 SW2705, overload select switch JA46 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
JA47 SW2704, emergency RPM control See passive
and stop switch (IVS) measuring
JA50 Not connected
JA51
JA52
JA53
JA54
JA55
JA56 MA9101, flow control proportional See passive
JA57 Not connected
JA58
JA59 MA9120, float position solenoid valve See passive
measuring
valve
JA62 Not connected
JA63 SE2303, fuel level sensor ground JA63 - JB8 U≈0V
JA64 Not connected
JA65
JA66 SE9102, hammer pressure sensor JA66 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
valve (hammer select check)
JA69 SW9116, float position switch JA69 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
JA70 SW9109 / SW9110, rotator switch, JA70 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
left / right (option) U ≈ 0 V (switch: OFF)
----- ---------------------------------------- --------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------
---
JB3 Not connected
JB4 J1587 B (white color) JB4 - JB8 U ≈ 0–5 V
JB6 CAN L (J1939 L, green color) JB6 - JB8 U ≈ 0–3 V
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB10 Not connected
JB12 J1587 A (red color) JB12 - JB8 U ≈ 0–5 V
JB14 CAN H (J1939 H, yellow color) JB14 - JB8 U ≈ 2–5 V
Service Information

ECU application)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active measuring conditions (I-

ECU application)
Figure 1
Conditions
NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
5) Engine off

points
JA3 – JA4 Not connected
JA5 PWM9101, power shift proportional JA5 - JB8 U ≈ 0–1.0 V
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 AL3201, alternator "L” signal JA7 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA8 Not connected
JA9 RE4203, travel alarm relay
JA10 – Not connected
JA13
JA15 SE2303, fuel level sensor JA15 - JB8 U≈5V
JA16 SW9160, quickfit switch (Buzzer) JA16 - JB8 U≈5V
JA17 Not connected
JA18 MA4212, travel speed
JA19 SE9111, attach pilot pressure sensor JA19 - JB8 U≈5V
JA20 RE3301, start lock relay
JA21 Lubrication indication
JA22 Not connected
JA23 MA9109, quickfit
JA29
JA30 PWM9109, flow control proportional
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 PWM9101, power shift proportional JA32 – JA8 U ≈ 12 V See passive
JA34 VECU status signal check JA34 – JB8 U ≈ 12 V See passive
measuring
JA35 FU27, fuse for conflux cut off JA35 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
measuring
JA37 MA9105, conflux cut off solenoid See passive
valve measuring
JA38 SW4202, travel speed JA38 – JA8 U ≈ 24 V See passive
measuring
signal
JA41
JA43 SE9140, boom float position switch JA43 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (machine moving)
JA44 SW9110, Power maximum mode JA44 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
select switch U ≈ 5 V (switch: OFF)
JA45 MA9118, shear select
JA46 Not connected
JA55
JA56 PWM9109, flow control proportional See passive
JA59
valve
JA62 Not connected
JA65
JA66 SE9112, X1 pressure sensor JA66 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
JA68 MA9117, X1 selection (hammer
operating signal)
JA69 Not connected
JA70 MA9110/ MA9111, X3 left / right
----- ---------------------------------------- --------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------
---
JB3 Not connected
JB5 Not connected
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB10 Not connected
JB11 SW2701, rotary switch power JB11 - JB8 U ≈ 24 V
JB13 Not connected
Service Information

ECU application)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive measuring conditions (I-

ECU application)
Figure 1
Conditions

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
4) Engine off
V-ECU passive measuring

points
JA1 Contronics key “V” See active
measuring
JA2 Contronics clock See active
measuring
JA3 Not connected
JA4
JA5 MA9102, power shift proportional JA5 - JA32 R ≈15–20 Ω
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 AL3201, alternator "I" signal See active
measuring
JA8 Not connected
JA9
JA10
JA11
JA12
JA13 RE3701, EMS power cut off relay JA13 - JB8 R ≈315 Ω ±10 %
JA15 SE2303, fuel level sensor See active
measuring
JA16 SW9105, quickfit switch See active
measuring
JA17 SE9111, float position pressure See active
sensor measuring
JA18 SW9103, high travel speed selection See active
switch measuring
JA19 SE9101, attach pilot pressure sensor See active
measuring
JA20 SE8501, safety lever sensor See active
measuring
JA21 Lubrication indication See active
measuring
JA22 SW2704, emergency RPM control See active
and stop switch (EMS power check) measuring
measuring
JA24 Contronics key “#” See active
measuring
JA25 Contronics key “>” See active
measuring
JA26 Contronics data See active
measuring
JA27 Not connected
JA28
JA29
JA30 MA9101, flow control proportional JA30 - JA56 R ≈15 - 20 Ω
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 MA9102, power shift proportional JA32 - JA5 R ≈15 - 20 Ω
valve signal
JA33 FU25, fuse for proportional valve See active
measuring
JA34 VECU status signal check JA34 - JB8 R ≈320 - 345 KΩ
JA35 FU27, fuse for conflux shut off See active
measuring
JA36 MA9107, power boost solenoid valve JA36 - JB8 R ≈20 - 30 Ω
JA37 MA9106, Boom/Arm conflux shut off JA37 - JB8 R ≈10 - 15 Ω
solenoid valve
JA38 RE9102, travel motor relay JA38 - JB8 R ≈315 Ω ±10 %
JA39 SW2701, engine speed control switch JA39 - JA14 R ≈46.5 - 47. 5 KΩ
signal
JA40 Not connected
JA41 SE9107, overload pressure sensor See active
measuring
JA42 SW9105, quickfit switch (confirm) See active
measuring
JA43 SE9103, travel pilot pressure sensor See active
measuring
JA44 SW2702, Power maximum mode JA44 - JB8 R ≈ 0 Ω % (Power maximum select
select switch switch: ON)
JA45 SW9107, shear select switch See active
measuring
JA46 SW2705, overload select switch See active
measuring
JA48 Contronics key "*” See active
measuring
JA49 Contronics enable See active
measuring
JA50 Not connected
JA51
JA52
JA53
JA54
JA55
JA56 MA9101, flow control proportional R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve signal
JA57 Not connected
JA58
JA59 MA9120, float position solenoid valve R ≈ 20 - 30 Ω
valve
JA62 Not connected
JA64 Not connected
JA65
JA66 SE9102, hammer pressure sensor See active
measuring
JA67 SW2703, auto idle select switch See active
measuring
valve (hammer select check)
JA69 SW9116, float position switch See active
measuring
JA70 SW9109 / SW9110, rotator switch,
left / right (option)
----- ---------------------------------------- --------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------
---
JB1 SW9107, boost / hammer / shear See active
selecting switch measuring
JB2 SW3301, engine start key (R2) See active
measuring
JB3 Not connected
JB4 J1587 B (white color) See active
measuring
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB9 SW3301, engine start key (ACC) See active
measuring
JB10 Not connected
JB11 Rotary switch power (option) See active
measuring
JB12 J1587 A (red color) See active
measuring
JB13 Shield ground (J1587) See active
measuring
JB15 Battery +24 V See active
measuring
measuring
Service Information

ECU application)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive measuring conditions (I-

ECU application)
Figure 1
Conditions

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
4) Engine off

points
measuring
measuring
JA3 – JA4 Not connected
JA5 PWM9101, power shift proportional
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 AL3201, alternator "L" signal See active
measuring
JA8 Not connected
JA9 RE4203, travel alarm relay
JA13
JA15 SE2303, fuel level sensor JA15 – JA63 R ≈82 – 398 Ω See active
measuring
JA16 SW9160, quickfit switch (Buzzer) See active
measuring
JA17 Not connected
JA18 MA4212, travel speed JA18 – JB8 R ≈ 27.6 Ω See active
measuring
measuring
JA20 RE3301, start lock relay R ≈ 22.4 Ω See active
measuring
measuring
JA22 Not connected
JA23 MA9109, quickfit See active
measuring
measuring
measuring
measuring
JA29
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 PWM9101, power shift proportional JA32 - JA5 R ≈ 18Ω
valve signal
measuring
JA34 VECU status signal check JA34 - JB8 R ≈320 - 345 KΩ
JA35 FU27, fuse for conflux cut off See active
measuring
JA36 MA9107, power boost solenoid valve JA36 - JB8 R ≈20 - 30 Ω
JA37 MA9105, conflux cut off solenoid JA37 - JB8 R ≈ 28 Ω
valve
JA38 SW4202, travel speed
JA39 SW2701, engine speed control switch
signal
JA41
measuring
JA43 SE9140, boom float position switch See active
measuring
JA44 SW9110, Power maximum mode JA44 - JB8 R ≈ 0 Ω % (Power maximum select
JA45 MA9118, shear select JA41 – JAB8 R ≈ 27.3 Ω See active
measuring
JA46 Not connected
measuring
measuring
JA55
valve signal
JA59
JA60 FU27, fuse for power boost solenoid
valve
JA61 RE3101, battery relay cut off signal JA61 - JB8 R ≈ 272 KΩ
JA62 Not connected
JA63 SE2303, fuel level sensor ground
JA65
JA66 SE9112, X1 pressure sensor See active
measuring
JA67 SW2703, auto idle select switch See active
measuring
JA68 MA9117, X1 selection (hammer JA68 – JB8 R ≈ 27.2 Ω
operating signal)
JA69 Not connected
JA70 MA9110/ MA9111, X3 left / right
----- ---------------------------------------- --------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------
---
selecting switch measuring
measuring
JB3 Not connected
JB4 J1587 B (white color) JB4 – JB12 R ≈ 4.4 KΩ See active
measuring
JB5 Not connected
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB9 SW3301, engine start key (ACC) See active
measuring
JB10 Not connected
JB11 SW2701, rotary switch power See active
measuring
JB12 J1587 A (red color) JB12 – JB4 R ≈ 60 Ω See active
measuring
JB13 Not connected
measuring
measuring
Service Information

measuring conditions (Tier
3 engine equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

(Tier 3 engine equipped)
Figure 1
Conditions
NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
5) Engine off

points
EA1 Not connected
EA2
EA3
EA4
EA5
EA6
EA8 Not connected
EA9
EA10
EA12 PWM2303, actuator MPROP common EA12 - EA16
rail
EA13 Not connected
EA14
rail
EA17 Not connected
EA18
EA20 Not connected
EA21
EA22 SE2508, boost pressure signal EA22 - EA11 U ≈ 1.1 V (at 0 meter above see level) Engine off
EA23 Not connected
EA24
EA25
EA26
EA27
EA28
EA30 Not connected
+68 °F to +212 °F)
EA32 Not connected
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value.
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value.
EA35 Not connected
measuring
measuring
EA38 SE2701, engine crank speed, minus (-) See passive
measuring
EA39 Not connected
measuring
EA41 Not connected
EA42
EA43
measuring
measuring
(-) measuring
EA47 SE2507, boost temperature, signal EA47 - EA11 U ≈ 1.36 V
measuring
EA49 Not connected
EA50
EA51
measuring
EA53 Not connected
EA54
EA55
measuring
EA57 ECU ground
EA58 Not connected
(sv)- ground measuring
(sv)- ground measuring
EA61 Not connected
EA62
----- ---------------------------------------- -------------- ----------------------------------------- --------
-
EB1 Not connected
EB2
EB3 SE2205, engine oil level, low EB3 - EB4 U ≈ 1.6 V
EB4 SE2205, engine oil level, high EB4 - EB3 U ≈ 1.6 V
EB5 Not connected
EB6
EB7 RE2501, preheating diagnostics coil EB7 - EB58 U ≈ 0.8 × Uᵇᵃᵗ (open) Normally
start switch is
ON position.
EB9 Not connected
EB10 Switch Ground
EB12 Not connected
EB13
EB14
EB15 SW2704, emergency switch (IVS)
EB16 SE2301, fuel pressure, signal EB16 - EB18 U ≈ 5 V (for cold engine)
EB19 Not connected
EB20
EB21
EB22
start switch is
ON position.
EB24 Not connected
EB25 RE2501, preheating relay (coil) EB25 - EB58 U ≈Uᵇᵃᵗ (inactive) Normally
start switch is
ON position.
EB26 Not connected
EB28 Not connected
EB29
EB30 MA2504, solenoid valve for on/off (Tier
3 only)
EB31 RE2501, ambient air temperature EB31 - EB18 U ≈ 2.6 – 1.2 V (+20 °C to +50 °C /
+68 °F to +122 °F)
EB32 Not connected
~
EB50
EB51 SAE J1939 H control bus EB51 - EB58 U ≈ 2.73 V Measuring
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value
EB52 Not connected
EB53
EB54
EB55 SAE J1939 L control bus EB55 - EB58 U ≈ 2.45 V Measuring
voltage of
signal
minimum and
maximum
value
EB56 Not connected
EB58 ECU ground
EB59 ECU ground
EB61 ECU ground
EB62 Not connected
Service Information

measuring conditions (Tier
3 engine equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

(Tier 3 engine equipped)
Figure 1
Conditions

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
4) Engine off

points
EA1 Not connected
EA2
EA3
EA4
EA5
EA6
EA8 Not connected
EA9
EA10
EA12 PWM2303, actuator MPROP common EA12 - EA16
rail
EA13 Not connected
EA14
rail
EA17 Not connected
EA18
EA19 SE2309, rail pressure EA19 - EA11 R ≈ 73.6 KΩ
EA20 Not connected
EA21
EA22 SE2508, boost pressure signal See active
measuring.
EA23 Not connected
EA24
EA25
EA26
EA27
EA28
EA29 SE2502, air cleaner indicator EA29 - EA15 R ≈ 0.33 KΩ
EA30 Not connected
EA31 SE2202, oil temperature, signal EA31 - EA11 R ≈ 0.2 KΩ (+20 °C / +68 °F)
EA32 Not connected
measuring
measuring
EA35 Not connected
EA38 SE2701, engine crank speed, minus (-) See EA37
EA39 Not connected
EA41 Not connected
EA42
EA43
EA46 SE2703, engine camshaft speed, minus See EA45 R ≈ 2 KΩ
(-)
EA47 SE2507, boost temperature, signal EA47 - EA11 R ≈ 1.3 Ω
EA49 Not connected
EA50
EA51
EA53 Not connected
EA54
EA55
EA57 ECU ground
EA58 Not connected
(sv)- ground
(sv)- ground
EA61 Not connected
EA62
----- ---------------------------------------- -------------- ----------------------------------------- --------
-
EB1 Not connected
EB2
EB4 SE2205, engine oil level, high EB4 - EB3
EB5 Not connected
EB6
EB7 RE2501, preheating diagnostics coil See active
measuring.
measuring.
EB9 Not connected
EB10 Switch Ground
EB11 SE2203, engine oil pressure, signal EB11 - EB18 R ≈ 73 KΩ
EB12 Not connected
EB13
EB14
EB15 SW2704, emergency switch (IVS)
EB16 SE2301, fuel pressure, signal EB16 - EB18 R ≈ 73 KΩ
measuring.
EB19 Not connected
EB20
EB21
EB22
EB24 Not connected
EB25 RE2501, preheating relay (coil) EB25 - EB58 R ≈ 1.5 Ω
EB26 Not connected
signal
EB28 Not connected
EB29
EB30 MA2504, solenoid valve for on/off (Tier EB30 - EB57 R ≈ 35 Ω
3 only)
EB31 RE2501, ambient air temperature EB31 - EB18 R ≈ 6.2 - 1.7 KΩ (+20 °C to +50 °C /
+68 °F to +122 °F)
EB32 Not connected
~
EB50
EB51 SAE J1939 H control bus EB51 - EB55 R ≈ 112 Ω With all other
control units
and
terminating
resistors.
EB52 Not connected
EB53
EB54
EB55 SAE J1939 L control bus EB55 - EB51 R ≈ 112 Ω With all other
control units
and
terminating
resistors.
EB56 Not connected
measuring
EB58 ECU ground
EB59 ECU ground
measuring
EB61 ECU ground
EB62 Not connected
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, active measuring conditions

Machine Serial number

EC290B 80001 ~
Figure 1
Conditions
NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
5) Engine off

points
JA3 Not connected
JA4
JA5 PWM9101, power shift proportional JA5 - JB8 U ≈ 0–1.0 V
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 AL3201, alternator "L" signal JA7 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (key: start)
JA8 Not connected
JA9 PWM9103, hydraulic oil cooler PV+ See passive
measuring
JA10 PWM9103, hydraulic oil cooler PV- JA10 - JB8 U ≈ 0 - 1.0 V
JA11 Not connected
JA12 SW4203, travel alarm signal JA12 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (key: start, machine
travelling)
JA13 Not connected
JA14 SW2701, engine speed control rotary JA14 - JB8 U ≈ 0 - 1.0 V
switch ground
JA15 SE2303, fuel level sensor See passive
measuring
JA16 SW9105, quickfit switch JA16 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch:OFF)
U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
JA17 SE9111, float position pressure JA17 - JB8 U ≈ Uba
sensor
JA18 SW9103, high travel speed selection JA18 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (key: start, machine
status travelling, high speed position)
U ≈ 0 V (low speed position)
JA19 SE9101, attach pilot pressure sensor JA19 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA20 SE8501, safety lever sensor JA20 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
JA21 Lubrication indication
JA22 Not connected
JA27 Not connected
JA28
JA29
JA30 PWM9109, flow control proportional JA30 - JB8 U ≈ 0–1.0 V
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 PWM9101, power shift proportional See passive
measuring
measuring
JA37 MA9105/MA9106, Boom, Arm See passive
conflux cutoff solenoid valve measuring
JA38 RE9102, travel motor solenoid valve See passive
relay measuring
signal
JA40 SE9105, hydraulic oil temperature JA40 - JB8 U ≈ 4.2 - 1.6 (20 °C – 100°C)
sensor
JA41 SE9107, overload pressure sensor JA41 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
U ≈ Ubat V (switch: OFF)
JA43 SE9103, travel pilot pressure sensor JA43 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (machine moving)
U ≈ Ubat V (machine stop)
JA44 SW2702, power maximum mode JA44 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
select switch U ≈ Ubat V (switch: OFF)
JA45 SW9107, shear selection switch JA45 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
JA46 SW2705, overload selection switch JA46 - JB8 U ≈ 0.5 V (switch: ON)
JA50 Not connected
JA51
JA52 MA8701, compressor clutch status JA52 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA53 Not connected
JA54
JA55
JA56 PWM9109, flow control proportional See passive
JA57 Not connected
JA58 RE3301, start interlock relay JA58 -JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA59 MA9120, float position solenoid valve See passive
measuring
valve
JA61 RE3101, battery relay cutoff signal JA61 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat
JA62 Not connected
JA63 SE9105: hydraulic oil temperature JA62 - JB8 U≈0V
sensor ground, SE2303: fuel level
sensor ground
JA64 Not connected
JA65
JA66 SE9102, hammer pressure sensor JA66 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
JA67 SW2703, automatic idling selection JA67 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
switch U ≈ Ubat V (switch: OFF)
JA68 MA9117, hammer selection solenoid JA68 - JB8 U ≈ 0 V (switch: ON)
valve (hammer selection check) U ≈ Ubat V (switch: OFF)
JA69 SW9116, float position switch JA69 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
JA70 SW9109 / SW9110, rotator switch, JA70 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat (switch: ON)
left / right (option) U ≈ 0 V (switch: OFF)
----- ---------------------------------------- --------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------
---
selection switch U ≈ Ubat (boost selection only)
JB3 Not connected
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB10 Not connected
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU (MID187) Vehicle control unit, passive measuring conditions

Machine Serial number

EC290B 80001 ~
Figure 1
Conditions

NOTE! NOTE!
NOTE!
be turned OFF.
4) Engine off

points
measuring
measuring
JA3 Not connected
JA4
JA5 PWM9101, power shift proportional JA5 - JA32 R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve ground
JA6 Not connected
JA7 AL3201, alternator "L" signal See active
measuring
JA8 Not connected
JA9 PWM9103, hydraulic oil cooler PV+ JA9 - JA10 R ≈ 21 - 32 Ω
JA10 PWM9103, hydraulic oil cooler PV- JA10 - JA9 R ≈ 21 - 32 Ω
JA11 Not connected
JA12 SW4203, travel alarm signal See active
measuring
JA13 Not connected
JA14 SW2701, engine speed control rotary See active
switch ground measuring
JA15 SE2303, fuel level sensor JA15 - JA63 R ≈ 82 - 344.4 Ω
measuring
JA17 SE9111, float position pressure J See active
sensor measuring
JA18 SW9103, high travel speed selection See active
status measuring
measuring
JA20 SE8501, safety lever sensor See active
measuring
measuring
JA22 Not connected
measuring
measuring
measuring
measuring
JA27 Not connected
JA28
JA29
JA30 PWM9109, flow control proportional JA30 - JA56 R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve ground
JA31 Not connected
JA32 PWM9101, power shift proportional
valve signal
measuring
JA34 VECU status signal check JA34 - JB8 R ≈ 2.18 KΩ
JA35 FU27, fuse for conflux shut off See active
measuring
JA36 MA9107, power boost solenoid valve JA36 - JB8 R ≈ 20 - 30 Ω
JA37 MA9105/MA9106, Boom, Arm JA37 - JB8 R ≈ 10 - 15 KΩ
conflux cutoff solenoid valve
JA38 RE9102, travel motor solenoid valve JA38 - JB8 R ≈ 20 - 30 Ω
relay
JA39 SW2701, engine speed control switch JA39 - JA14 R ≈ 46.5 - 47.5 KΩ (high speed
signal selection switch: ON)
JA40 SE9105, hydraulic oil temperature See active
sensor measuring
JA41 SE9107, overload pressure sensor See active
measuring
measuring
JA43 SE9103, travel pilot pressure sensor See active
measuring
JA44 SW2702, power maximum mode JA44 - JB8 R ≈ 0 Ω (power maximum selection
JA45 SW9107, shear selection switch See active
measuring
JA46 SW2705, overload selection switch See active
measuring
JA47 SW2704, emergency RPM control JA47 - JB8 R ≈ 2.89 - 2.91 Ω
measuring
measuring
JA50 Not connected
JA51
JA52 MA8701, compressor clutch status See active
measuring
JA53 Not connected
JA54
JA55
JA56 PWM9109, flow control proportional JA56 - JA30 R ≈ 15 - 20 Ω
valve signal
JA57 Not connected
JA58 RE3301, start interlock relay JA58 - JB8 R ≈ 20 - 30 Ω
JA59 MA9120, float position solenoid valve JA59 - JB8
JA60 FU27, fuse for power boost solenoid See active
valve measuring
JA61 RE3101, battery relay cutoff signal See active
measuring
JA62 Not connected
JA63 SE9105: hydraulic oil temperature See active
sensor ground, SE2303: fuel level measuring
sensor ground
JA64 Not connected
JA65
JA66 SE9102, hammer pressure sensor See active
measuring
JA67 SW2703, automatic idling selection See active
switch measuring
JA68 MA9117, hammer selection solenoid See active
valve (hammer selection check) measuring
JA69 SW9116, float position switch See active
measuring
JA70 SW9109 / SW9110, rotator switch, See active
left / right (option) measuring
----- ---------------------------------------- --------------- --------------------------------------- --------------------
---
selection switch measuring
measuring
JB3 Not connected
JB4 J1587 B (white color) See active
measuring
JB7 Battery ground
JB8 Battery ground
JB9 SW3301, engine start key (ACC) JB9 - JB8 U ≈ Ubat See active
measuring
JB10 Not connected
JB11 Rotary switch power (option) See active
measuring
JB12 J1587 A (red color) See active
measuring
JB13 Shield ground (J1587) See active
measuring
measuring
measuring
Service Information

Battery, description 311 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Battery, description
The battery consists of two 12 V batteries connected in series, which together give 24 V.
The batteries are used to start the engine, supply the current to the electrical components and store the current from the
alternator.
The batteries should be in good condition when troubleshooting the electrical system. If needed, charge the batteries with a
battery charger. If the batteries do not take a charge, check the electrolyte in the battery cell.
WARNING
If a tool touches a cable connected between the positive terminal and the chassis, there is danger that it will cause
sparks. Battery post clamps must be tightly connected. If loosely connected, the terminal may burn or be eroded by
sparks caused by defective contact. Battery acid can burn or blind you. If acid gets on your skin or in your eyes,
immediately wash with plenty of clean water and consult a doctor immediately.
NOTE!
When removing the battery, first disconnect the cable with the black tube from the ground (normally, from the negative (–)
terminal).
NOTE!
Battery power may be lowered under severe cold weather. In this case, warm up the batteries and start the engine.
Service Information

Battery, charging 311 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Battery, charging
WARNING
During battery charging, hydrogen gas is formed. Hydrogen gas is flammable and may be explosive. A short-circuit,
open flame or spark near the battery can cause a powerful explosion. Therefore, ventilate well. Never smoke near
batteries.
Op nbr 31104
1. Batteries must only be charged using a battery charger.
2. Check the battery terminal connections and make sure that they are adequately tightened and free from corrosion
and dirt.
3. Check the battery voltage when the batteries are at rest, that is, before starting. Each battery must be at least half-
charged.
NOTE!
Always disconnect the electric power to the battery charger before the charging clamps are removed.
Service Information

Battery, storage 311 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Battery, storage
Batteries gradually lose their charge through self-discharge, which is dependent on storage temperature and charge level. A
fully charged battery stored in a cool place loses insignificant capacity in a three-month period. A battery that is partially
charged and/or is stored at room temperature loses capacity faster.
Therefore, always store batteries fully charged and as cool as possible, however, not at freezing temperature. During long-
term storage, the battery should be checked periodically and trickle-charged if needed.
Service Information

Batteries, replacing 311 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Batteries, replacing
Op nbr 311-002
1. Turn off master switch
2. Remove four screws on the battery cover, and remove the battery cover.
Figure 1
Battery cover, removal
3. Remove bracket fixing the batteries.

Screw: M17, two
Figure 2
Bracket, removal
4. Remove battery cables.

Figure 3
Battery cable, removal
5. Replace the batteries with new ones.

NOTE!
Risk of personal injury. Very heavy object.
Battery weight
Machine Capacity Weight

AH Kg/each lb/each
EC140B/EC135B 100 22 48.5
EC160B/EC180B/210B/ 150 25.1 55.3
EW145B
EC330B/EC360B/EC460B 200 33.3 73.4
6. Install the battery cables and the bracket to the batteries.

NOTE!
Make sure that the battery terminals are firmly fixed.
7. Reassemble the battery cover.

Service Information

Batteries, replacing 311 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Batteries, replacing
Op nbr 311-002
1. Park the machine in the service position A, see 091 Service positions.
2. Open the battery box cover (1).
Figure 1
3. Remove 4 screws (1) fixing the battery cover.
Figure 2
4. Remove two bracket screws (1) fixing the batteries.

Figure 3
5. Remove battery cables (1).
Figure 4
6. Replace the batteries with new ones.

NOTE!
Risk of personal injury. Very heavy object.
Battery weight
Machine Capacity Weight

AH Kg/each lb/each
EC140B/EC135B 100 22 48.5
EC160B/EC180B/210B/ 150 25.1 55.3
EW145B
EC330B/EC360B/EC460B 200 33.3 73.4
7. Install the battery bracket on the batteries.

NOTE!
Make sure that the battery terminals are firmly fixed.
8. Reinstall the battery cables.
9. Reinstall the battery cover and close the battery box cover.
10. Check the machine operation.

Service Information

Alternator, description 320 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Alternator, description
Figure 1
Alternator, terminals and performance
W Phase terminal, tightening torque 0.2–0.5 kgf·m (1.4–3.6 lbf·ft)

B- Negative, tightening torque 0.58–0.69 kgf·m (4.2–5.0 lbf·ft)
D+ IND terminal, tightening torque 0.17–0.29 kgf·m (1.2–2.1 lbf·ft)
B+ Positive terminal, tightening torque 0.92–1.39 kgf·m (6.7–10.1 lbf·ft)
Figure 2
Alternator, side view
NOTE!
Caution adjusting V–belt tension: Do not put the pry bar directly to stator or rear housing. (When using the pry bar, insert a
wooden block between the pry bar and the alternator.)
Service Information

Alternator, description 320 Service Information 2014/10/24
(new)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Alternator, description (new)
Figure 1
Alternator
1. B-
2. B2+
3. B1+, stud M8 spanner size 13 for customer nut, tightening torque Maximum ;15 N m
4. Terminal W
5. Terminal L
6. Terminal 15
7. Terminal BS
8. Terminal DFM
9. Regulator
NOTICE
Caution adjusting V–belt tension: Do not put the pry bar directly to stator or rear housing. (When using the pry bar,
insert a wooden block between the pry bar and the alternator.
Service Information

Charging, description 320 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Charging, description
When the starter motor is activated and the engine starts:
 The alternator generates current to activate all the electrical systems, and the extra current charges the battery.
 The current flows to the safety start relay to cut off the operation of starter motor and prevent accidentally re-
engaging the starter.
 After the engine starting, the battery charge warning lamp is turned off because the signal from "L" goes to the V-
ECU and the V-ECU communicates with I-ECU about the charging status.
 The current flows to the hour meter, which operates in the start switch ON position.
Service Information

Alternator, replacing incl 321 Service Information 2014/10/24
function check
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Alternator, replacing incl function check

Op nbr 321-002
2. Open the engine hood.
3. Disconnect the ground cable (3), the five pin connector (1) and the positive battery cable (2).
Figure 1
4. Remove the fan guard (1).
Figure 2
5. Turn the belt tension adjusting screw counterclockwise to loosen the belt tension and take the belt out
Figure 3
Belt, removing
6. Remove the nut on the upper guard and screw on the lower mounting guard. Swing the alternator.
Figure 4
7. While holding the alternator, remove the bolt from the upper guard. Remove the alternator from the engine
compartment.
Figure 5
8. Install a new alternator.
9. Turn the belt tension adjusting screw counterclockwise to loosen the belt tension and take the belt in.
10. Reinstall the fan guard.

11. Connect the ground cable, the five pin connector and the positive battery cable.
12. Close the engine hood.

Service Information

Starting operation 330 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Starting operation
Power supply
 The negative terminal (–) of battery is grounded to the machine. When the master switch is in the OFF position, the
power supply is disconnected.
If the master switch is turned to the ON position and the start switch to the OFF position, the current flows in the following
circuits.
 Battery (+) → Starter motor terminal (B+) → Battery relay

 Battery (+) → Slow blow fuse (FU51, 40A) →
 Fuse box (FU16, 15A) → Start switch terminal (B+)
 Battery (+) → Slow blow fuse (FU50, 40A) →
 Fuse (FU17, 5A) → Room lamp switch (SW3503)

 Fuse (FU18, 10A) → DC-DC converter → Cassette & radio
 Fuse (FU19, 20A) → Air conditioner relay
 Fuse (FU20, 10A) → DC-DC converter → Power socket (12V)
 Fuse(FU21, 15A) → Fuel filler pump (option)
 Auto greasing controller (option)
When the start switch is turned to the ON position, current flows in the following circuits.
 Start switch terminal (B+) → ACC terminal →
 V-ECU
 Fuse (FU1, 10A) → Instrument panel
 Air conditioner switch
 EMS Power relay
 Start switch terminal (B+) → BR terminal → Battery relay coil → Ground
When the battery relay is operated:
 Battery relay
 Safety start relay

 Slow blow fuse (80A)
 Alternator B+ terminal.
 So, the current flows to the fuse box, and all electrical systems can be used.
 Fuse box (FU1, 10A) → Battery charge warning lamp on the Instrument panel→ Alternator terminal D+→ Field coil →
regulator IC → Ground. So the low voltage warning lamp comes on and excites the alternator.
Engine starting
If the start switch is turned to the START position, the current flows in the following circuits.
 Start switch terminal (B+)
 Terminal R2 → V-ECU(JB2)
 Terminal C
 Safety start relay pin 1

 The safety start relay is activated.
When safety start relay is operated:
 Battery relay → Safety start relay → So, the current flows to the starter motor terminal S to rotate the starter motor
and the engine starts.
Starter safety lockout

If the start switch is in the START position continuously:
 Alternator terminal D+→ current flows to the safety start relay pin 2 and the safety start relay is cut off. Therefore,
the starter motor stops.
 While the engine is running, the starter motor can not engage even if the start switch is turned to the START
position.
Stop
 If the start switch is released, it automatically returns to the ON position. When the start switch is turned to the OFF
position, the current to the EMS power cut off relay from start switch terminal ACC is shut off. Request engine stop
from V-ECU is sent to E-ECU until engine is stopped.
The V-ECU releases the PEAK load on the electrical system when the engine stops.
 V-ECU → Diode → so, the electric current flows to the battery relay coil to temporarily activate the battery relay. At
this time, the V-ECU sets the engine speed into the low idling condition to reduce the load, and then cuts off the
battery relay.
Service Information

Starting operation 330 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Starting operation
Power supply
 The negative terminal (–) of battery is grounded to the machine. When the start switch is in the OFF position, the
power supply is disconnected.
If the start switch is turned to the OFF position, the current flows in the following circuits.
 Battery (+) → Battery relay

 Battery (+) → Slow blow fuse (FC03, 30A) →
 Fuse box (FU16, 10A) → Start switch terminal (B+), I-ECU (IA5)
 Battery (+) → Slow blow fuse (FC04, 30A) →
 Fuse (FU17, 10A) → Room lamp switch (SW3503)

 Fuse (FU19, 15A) →Diesel heater unit (option), Diesel heater timer (option)
 Fuse(FU21, 15A) → Fuel filler pump (option)
 Auto greasing controller (option)
When the start switch is turned to the ON position, current flows in the following circuits.
 Start switch terminal (B+) → ACC terminal →
 V-ECU
 Air conditioner switch
 Start switch terminal (B+) → BR terminal → Battery relay coil → Ground
When the battery relay is operated:
 Battery relay
 Air heater fuse (FC01, 140A) → Preheater relay (RE2501)

 Main fuse (FC02, 80A)
 So, the current flows to the fuse box, and all electrical systems can be used.
Engine starting
If the start switch is turned to the START position, the current flows in the following circuits.
 Start switch terminal (B+)
 Terminal R2 → Start relay (RE3301) → Starter relay coil (MO3301) → E-ECU (EB29)
Starter safety lockout

If the start switch is in the START position continuously:
 V-ECU (VA20) → Start relay coil (RE3301) activated cut off the current from the start switch.
 While the engine is running, the starter motor can not engage even if the start switch is turned to the START
position.
Stop
 If the start switch is released, it automatically returns to the ON position. Request engine stop from V-ECU is sent to
E-ECU until engine is stopped.
The V-ECU releases the PEAK load on the electrical system when the engine stops.
 V-ECU → Diode → so, the electric current flows to the battery relay coil to temporarily activate the battery relay. At
this time, the V-ECU sets the engine speed into the low idling condition to reduce the load, and then cuts off the
battery relay.
Service Information

Starter motor, description 331 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Starter motor, description
Figure 1
Starter motor
The starter motor MO3301 is supplied directly from the battery disconnector and has a built-in start relay, which is supplied
with voltage by the control unit V-ECU via the relay RE3301 when the ignition key SW3301 is turned to position II.
Service Information

Starter motor, description 331 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Starter motor, description

The starter motor MO3301 is supplied directly from the battery and has a built-in start relay, which is supplied with voltage
by the control unit E-ECU. The relay RE3101 is controlled by V-ECU when the ignition key SW3301 is turned to position ON.
Figure 1
Starter motor
1. Terminal 30, tightening torque: 24 Nm (17.8 lbf ft)

2. Terminal 50, tightening torque: 1.2 Nm (0.9 lbf ft)
3. Starter motor
4. Solenoid relay
Service Information

Battery relay, description 331 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Battery relay, description

 The relay turns the battery current ON or OFF, according to low power signals received from the start switch. Use of
the relay permits the start switch to control the power of the batteries with a small capacity wire.
Figure 1
Battery relay
NOTICE
Do not use a battery relay that is not a genuine part. The internal wiring connection and specification is different
from the genuine battery relay; though it seems similar in appearance, it may impede the safety features of the
machine.
Service Information

Safety start relay, 331 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Safety start relay, description

 When trying to restart the engine while the engine is running, or if the start switch is in the START position after the
engine is activated, the relay cuts off the current to the starter motor to protect it.
NOTE!
When measuring the contact resistance of the safety start relay, be sure to use a multi-tester to protect the internal
semiconductors and zener diode. (Do not use the 500V megohmmeter.)
Figure 1
Safety start relay
1 : AVS 1.25 R/W

2 : AVS 1.25 SB/W
3 : AVS 0.85 R/SB
4 : AVS 0.85 Y
5 : AVS 0.85 SB/R
6 : AVS 0.85 SB
7 Tightening torque: 2.94 ∼ 3.92 N·m (2.2 ∼ 2.9 lbf·ft)
Figure 2
Starting operation sequence
SS Start switch
SR Safety relay
SM Starter motor
EN Engine
AL Alternator
NO Normal operation
HS Hold start switch on START position after engine started
TS Turn the start switch to START and ON while engine is running
SE Start the engine again after the failure
PO Prevent overrunning
PR Prevent restarting
A Prevent restart
B Prevent overrunning
V Voltage
T Time
r/min Revolution per minutes
Figure 3
Starting operation sequence (new)
SS Start switch
SR Safety relay
SM Starter motor
EN Engine
AL Alternator
NO Normal operation
HS Hold start switch on START position after engine started
TS Turn the start switch to START and ON while engine is running
SE Start the engine again after the failure
PO Prevent overrunning
PR Prevent restarting
A Prevent restart
B Prevent overrunning
V Voltage
T Time
r/min Revolution per minutes
Service Information

Safety start relay, 331 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Safety start relay, description

When trying to restart the engine while the engine is running, or if the start switch is in the START position after the engine
is activated, the relay cuts off the current to the starter motor to protect it.
Figure 1
Safety relay
Service Information

Starter motor, replacing 331 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Starter motor, replacing

Op nbr 331-018
2. Open the engine hood.
3. Remove the undercover below the engine.
4. Disconnect the battery cable (1) and wire harness from starter motor (2).
Figure 1
5. Remove the mounting screws and take the starter motor out.
6. Install a new starter motor.
7. Reconnect the battery cable and wire harness and tighten screws.
8. Check the engine operation.

Service Information

Starter relay, replacing 331 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Starter relay, replacing

Op nbr 331-081
1. Park the machine in the service position A, see 091 Service positions
2. Remove 4 screws (1) fixing the right front cover.
Figure 1
3. Remove 5 screws (1) and the EDB cover (2).
Figure 2
4. Pull out the starter relay, RE3301 (1).

Figure 3
5. Replace it with a new one.
6. Reinstall the EDB cover and close the right front cover.

Service Information

Preheating, description 333 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Preheating, description
The purpose of the preheating coil is to heat the air in the induction pipe before and after (but not during) engine cranking
when the engine is being started. This warm air assists starting at very low temperatures and reduces the amount of smoke
produced at cold starts.
Service Information

Electric horn, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electric horn, description

Machine Old horn New horn
Serial number
EC135B - 11759 ~
EC140B 10000 ~ 11758 11759 ~
EC160B 10000 ~ 10735 10736 ~
EC180B 10000 ~ 10159 10160 ~
EC210B 10000 ~ 14917 14918 ~
EC240B 10000 ~ 12074 12075 ~
EC290B 10000 ~ 12891 12892 ~
EC330B 10000 ~ 10550 10551 ~
EC360B 10000 ~ 11483 11484 ~
EC460B 10000 ~ 11099 11100 ~
Figure 1
Electric horn (old)
Figure 2
Electric horn (new)
 Pressing each horn switch on the two operating levers operates the electric horn.
Service Information

Travel alarm, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Travel alarm, description

 Travel alarm is a safety device that sounds when the machine travels forward or reverse to warn workers of
impending danger.
 The pressure switch installed in the travel hydraulic circuit activates the alarm when the travel function is engaged.
 Pressing the travel alarm switch in the left switch panel (4R) deactivates the alarm.
NOTE!
The specifications of each pressure switch are different, so do not change the position.
Figure 1
Travel alarm
1 Warning buzzer, 24V

A AVS 1.25 SB
B AVS 1.25 BL/R
Service Information

Travel alarm, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Travel alarm, description

 Travel alarm is a safety device that sounds when the machine travels forward or reverse to warn workers of
impending danger.
 V-ECU activates function according to the travel pilot pressure sensor signal.
NOTE!
The specifications of each pressure switch are different, so do not change the position.
Figure 1
Travel alarm
1. Alarm unit
2. Bracket
3. Screw
4. Wire harness
5. Clip
6. Screw
7. Connector
Service Information

Windscreen wiper, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Windscreen wiper, description

 By the use of the wiper controller, the upper and lower (option) wiper motor provides various functions.
NOTE!
If the upper window is lifted up or the lower window is pulled up, the limit switch is activated, so upper and lower (option)
wiper motor do not work.
 If the upper wiper switch is at the ON position, the upper wiper motor moves the arm/blade from the PARK
position (on the left side of the upper window) onto the upper window, and sweeps the blade through 60°. When
the upper wiper is switched to the OFF position, the arm / blade stops sweeping on the left side of the upper
window.
 Pushing the washer switch sprays the washer solution onto the window, and after about 2 seconds, the upper and
lower (option) wiper motor engage. When the washer switch operation is stopped, the wiper blades wipe the
windows 3 more times, and then return to the park position.
 When the front window is opened while the wiper motor is running, the wiper should stop and be fixed at the
bracket of park position first. Otherwise it can bump against the blade to cause a trouble when the front window is
closed.
Service Information

Windscreen wiper, Service Information 2014/10/24
components location
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Windscreen wiper, components location
Figure 1
Wiper motor, location
1 Upper wiper motor 8 Lower wiper blade

2 Lower wiper motor 9 Washer nozzle
3 Upper window limit switch 10 Upper wiper park position
4 Lower window limit switch 11 Lower wiper park position
5 Upper wiper arm 12 Upper wiper sweep operation (60°)
6 Lower wiper arm 13 Lower wiper sweep operation (75°)
7 Upper wiper blade
Service Information

Wiper controller, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiper controller, description

 The wiper controller receives information from the upper wiper switch, lower wiper switch (option), washer switch,
upper window limit switch and lower window limit switch, to control the wiper motor and washer pump operation.
 While the wiper motor and washer pump are operating, the wiper controller receives the operating information
from the wiper motor.
Figure 1
Wiper controller
1 AVS 0.85 W/GN

2 AVS 0.85 W/BL
3 AVS 0.85 BL/Y
4 AVS 0.85 BN/W
5 AVS 0.85 SB
6 AVS 0.85 Y/BL
7 AVS 0.85 GN
8 AVS 0.85 R
11 AVS 0.85 GN/Y
12 AVS 0.85 R/GN
Service Information

Upper wiper motor, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Upper wiper motor, description

 The upper wiper motor system is composed of a motor, arm, blade, controller and limit switch.
 When the motor rotates once, the wiper blade operates reciprocally right and left by the linkage.
Figure 1
Upper wiper motor
1 Positive, auxiliary park feed (Y)

2 Park feed (GN)
3 Negative, GND (SB)
4 Positive, n2 speed (BL)
5 Positive, n1 speed (R)
Service Information

Lower wiper motor, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Lower wiper motor, description

 The lower wiper motor system is composed of a motor, arm, blade, controller and limit switch.
Figure 1
Lower wiper motor
1 Park feed (GN)

2 Negative, GND (SB)
3 Positive, auxiliary park feed (Y)
4 Positive, n1 speed (R)
Service Information

Window limit switch, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Window limit switch, description

 If the upper window is lifted up or the lower window is pulled up, the upper or lower window limit switch is
activated and connects the ground circuit of wiper controller to stop the upper and lower (option) wiper motors.
Figure 1
Upper window limit switch
1. Normally opened (AVS 0.85 BL)

2. Common (AVS 0.85 Y)
3. Normally closed (AVS 0.85 GN)
Figure 2
Lower window limit switch
1. Common (AVS 0.85 Y)

2. Normally closed (AVS 0.85 GN)
Inspection method
 Test the continuity between the terminals at normally opened and normally closed position by test meter.
Service Information

Battery relay, replacing 364 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Battery relay, replacing

Op nbr 364-052
2. Open the battery box cover (1).
Figure 1
3. Remove two screws (1) fixing the fuse cover (2).
Figure 2
4. Remove the cover of two slow blow fuses (2) and relay cover (1).
Figure 3
5. Remove two terminals (1) and cables (2) of battery relay.
Figure 4
6. Replace the battery relay with a new one.
7. Reinstall the terminals and cables.
8. Reinstall the relay cover and fuse cover and close the battery box cover.

Service Information

Battery disconnect switch, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Battery disconnect switch, description

 To disconnect the electrical system from the batteries for protection of electrical components when welding,
servicing of circuits and as a safety precaution when parking the machine.
 Mounted on the battery cover.
 If battery disconnect switch is turned to the ON position, the automatic greasing (option), fuel filler pump and room
lamp are available even when the start switch is in the OFF position.
Service Information

Battery disconnect switch, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Battery disconnect switch, description

 To disconnect the electrical system from the batteries for protection of electrical components when welding,
servicing of circuits and as a safety precaution when parking the machine.
 If battery disconnect switch is turned to the ON position, diesel heater (option) and audio are available even when
the start switch is in the OFF position.
Service Information

Start switch, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Start switch, description

 The switch selectively routes power supply to various electrical components of the engine start / stop and accessory
circuits.
Figure 1
Start switch
Figure 2
Start switch, circuit
1 START 3 OFF
2 ON
Figure 3
Connection of terminals
Service Information

Auto/manual select switch, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Auto/manual select switch, description
Figure 1
Auto/manual select switch
Service Information

Emergency engine speed Service Information 2014/10/24
control switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Emergency engine speed control switch, description
Figure 1
Emergency engine speed control switch
SS To start switch
MR Main relay
ES Emergency switch
U Upper position
N Neutral position
D Down position
Service Information

GPS control unit GPS-ECU, 366 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
GPS control unit GPS-ECU, description

GPS control unit is a telematic system that contains the following functions. GPS-ECU with GSM and GPS antennais located
inside cab, and is connected to the V-ECU via signal lines.
Figure 1
1. GPS-ECU
2. Antenna
Functions
 Anti-tampering system
 Machine immobilization
 Machine location information
 Machine hour meter information
Anti-tampering system
The purpose of the anti-tampering system is to prevent GPS-ECU tampering. The GPS-ECU sends the tampering conditions:
power line cut, GSM or GPS cable cut and open GPS-ECU cover to the V-ECU.
If V-ECU detects GPS-ECU tampering conditions, the V-ECU will send shutdown request message to the E-ECU via CAN BUS.
NOTE!
When the manual mode switch is switched to the manual position, the I-ECU will send shutdown request message to the E-
ECU.
Machine immobilization
This function prevents starting of the machine when one of the following GPS-ECU output conditions is stored.
GPS-ECU output conditions
 Power line cut

 GSM or GPS cable cut
 Open GPS-ECU cover
 GPS-ECU failure
 GPS-ECU theft
 Stop request from web
Parameters
Code Description Set range Remarks

MXD China GPS install 0-1 0 : not installed, 1 : installed
Control system diagram
Figure 2
Control system diagram
I-ECU Instrument control unit A GSM antenna

V-ECU Vehicle control unit B GPS antenna
E-ECU Engine control unit C Hour meter
GPS-ECU GPS control unit
GPS-ECU modes
GPS-ECU status can be send to the web via GSM antenna when the machine is in the following modes.
 Normal mode: The start key switch in ON position or the machine is activated. The uploading time of GPS-ECU
status is 1time/20min.
 Power save mode: The start key switch in OFF position and the battery is connected. The uploading time is
1time/8hours.
 Power off alarm mode: When the GPS-ECU is disconnected from battery, GPS-ECU is operated by onboard battery
continuously for 2 weeks. The uploading time is 1time/8hours.
 Extra power saving mode: The GPS-ECU keeps the status without uploading for 4 months when the GPS-ECU
onboard battery is dead.
Complementary information
Wiring diagram of GPS-ECU, see 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
Service Information

Keypad, description 366 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Keypad, description
GPS keypad, description
Figure 1
GPS keypad device allows the operator to enter a pin number and unlock the system when the GPS-ECU has been locked by
tampering status.
Service Information

E-ECU, MID 128, changing 367 Service Information 2014/10/24
pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
E-ECU, MID 128, changing pre-programmed ECU

Op nbr 200-070
1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '17030-2 Parameter, programming'.
2. Use the function 'save all parameters to job card'.

NOTE!
Before the removal of E-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from E-ECU.
Figure 1
Connector, removal
NOTE!
Press the stopper, and pull up the locking device to disconnect the connector.
4. Remove four screws fixing E-ECU.

Install new E-ECU, and tighten four screws.
Figure 2
E-ECU, changing
5. Connect the wiring harness connector to the E-ECU.
Figure 3
Connector, installation
6. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation 17030-2 Parameter, programming'. Now
the customer parameters are changed according to the job card saved at step 2.
Service Information

pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
E-ECU, MID 128, changing pre-programmed ECU

Op nbr 200-070
4. Open the left side door.
5. Remove the clamps (2) fixing connectors and disconnect the wiring harness connectors (1) from E-ECU.
Figure 1
NOTE!
6. Remove four screws (1) fixing the E-ECU.

Figure 2
7. Connect the wiring harness connectors to the E-ECU and tighten the clamps.
9. Close the left side door and check the machine operation.
Service Information

non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
E-ECU, MID 128, changing non-programmed ECU

Op nbr 200-068
1. Down load software to VCADS Pro computer for target machine.
2. Connect the VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '28423-2 MID 128 control unit,
programming'.
3. When VCADS Pro 'MID 128 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions for replacing E-ECU.
NOTE!
Before the removal of E-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.
4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from E-ECU.
Figure 1
Connector, removal
NOTE!
5. Remove four screws fixing E-ECU.

Figure 2
E-ECU, changing
6. Connect the wiring harness connector to the E-ECU.
Figure 3
Connector, installation
7. After replacing E-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '28423-2 MID 128 control unit, programming'.
Now VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new E-ECU.
Service Information

non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
E-ECU, MID 128, changing non-programmed ECU

Op nbr 200-068
programming'.
4. When VCADS Pro 'MID 128 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions for replacing E-ECU.
5. Open the left side door.
6. Remove the clamps (2) fixing connectors and disconnect the wiring harness connectors (1) from E-ECU.
Figure 1
NOTE!
7. Remove four screws (1) fixing the E-ECU.

Figure 2
8. Connect the wiring harness connectors to the E-ECU and tighten the clamps.
9. After replacing E-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '28423-2 MID 128 control unit, programming'.
Now VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new E-ECU.
10. Close the left side door and check the machine operation.
Service Information

I-ECU, MID 140, changing 367 Service Information 2014/10/24
pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
I-ECU, MID 140, changing pre-programmed ECU

Op nbr 300-074
3. Remove screw cover (1), and two screws of M12 fixing I-ECU to the cab.
Figure 1
4. Disconnect wiring harness connector (1) from the I-ECU, and connect it with new I-ECU.
Figure 2
5. Install new I-ECU to the cab with two screws of M12 and the screw cover.
Service Information

pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
I-ECU, MID 140, changing pre-programmed ECU

Op nbr 300-074
3. Remove the screw cover, and two screws of M12 fixing I-ECU to the cab.
Figure 1
I-ECU, changing
4. Disconnect the wiring harness from the I-ECU, and connect it with new I-ECU.
5. Install new I-ECU to the cab with two screws of M12 and the screw cover.

Service Information

non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
I-ECU, MID 140, changing non-programmed ECU

Op nbr 300-072
1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '38145-2 MID 140 control unit,
programming'.
2. When VCADS Pro 'MID 140 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions of replacing I-ECU.
3. Remove screw cover (1), and two screws fixing I-ECU to the cab.
Figure 1
4. Disconnect wiring harness connector (1) from the I-ECU, and connect it with new I-ECU.
Figure 2
5. Install new I-ECU to the cab with two screws and the screw cover.
6. After replacing I-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '38145-2 MID 140 control unit, programming'. Now
VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new I-ECU.
Service Information

non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
I-ECU, MID 140, changing non-programmed ECU

Op nbr 300-072
1. Connect VCADS Pro computer to the machine, and perform the operation '38145-2 MID 140 control unit,
programming'.
2. When VCADS Pro 'MID 140 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions of replacing I-ECU.
3. Remove the screw cover, and two screws fixing I-ECU to the cab.
Figure 1
I-ECU, changing
4. Disconnect the wiring harness from the I-ECU, and connect it with new I-ECU.
5. Install new I-ECU to the cab with two screws and the screw cover.
6. After replacing I-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '38145-2 MID 140 control unit, programming'. Now
VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new I-ECU.

Service Information

V-ECU, MID 187, changing 367 Service Information 2014/10/24
pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU, MID 187, changing pre-programmed ECU

Op nbr 366-066

NOTE!
Before the removal of V-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.
3. Move the operator's seat to the front position, and fold the backrest forward.
4. Remove the plastic casing over the cab fan.
Figure 1
Cab fan casing
5. Disconnect two wiring harness connectors from the V-ECU.
Figure 2
V-ECU connectors
NOTE!
Concerning JA connector, 70 pins, pull up the locking device to disconnect it.
Figure 3
Connector locking device
NOTE!
Concerning JB connector, 16 pins, pull out the red locking device to disconnect it.
6. Remove two screws at the upper side of V-ECU, and loosen two screws at the bottom side of V-ECU.
Figure 4
V-ECU, replacement
7. Lift off the V-ECU, and replace it with new one.
8. Tighten four screws of M12 for fixing V-ECU to the cab.
9. Connect two wiring harness connectors to the V-ECU.
Figure 5
V-ECU connectors
10. Fit the plastic casing over the cab fan.

Figure 6
Cab fan casing
11. Return the operator's seat to the position it was in before the work was started.
Service Information

pre-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU, MID 187, changing pre-programmed ECU

Op nbr 366-066
Figure 1
Cab fan casing
Figure 2
V-ECU connectors
NOTE!
Figure 3
NOTE!
Figure 4
V-ECU, replacement
8. Tighten four screws of M12 for fixing V-ECU to the cab.
Figure 5
V-ECU connectors

Figure 6
Cab fan casing

Service Information

non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU, MID 187, changing non-programmed ECU

Op nbr 366-064
programming'.
3. When VCADS Pro 'MID 187 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions for replacing V-ECU.
NOTE!
Before the removal of V-ECU, make sure the master switch is off.
Figure 1
Cab fan casing
Figure 2
V-ECU connectors
NOTE!
Figure 3
NOTE!
Figure 4
V-ECU, replacement
9. Tighten four screws for fixing V-ECU to the cab.
Figure 5
V-ECU connectors

Figure 6
Cab fan casing
13. After replacing V-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '36646-2 MID 187 control unit, programming'.
Now VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new V-ECU.
Service Information

non-programmed ECU
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
V-ECU, MID 187, changing non-programmed ECU

Op nbr 366-064
programming'.
3. When VCADS Pro 'MID 187 ECU, programming' window appears, follow the instructions for replacing V-ECU.
Figure 1
Cab fan casing
Figure 2
V-ECU connectors
NOTE!
Figure 3
NOTE!
Figure 4
V-ECU, replacement
9. Tighten four screws for fixing V-ECU to the cab.
Figure 5
V-ECU connectors

Figure 6
Cab fan casing
13. After replacing V-ECU, press OK button of VCADS Pro operation '36646-2 MID 187 control unit, programming'.
Now VCADS Pro starts the programming of software and parameters to the new V-ECU.

Service Information

Connectors 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Connectors
Connectors configuration 1
Figure 1
AMP-1
Figure 2
AMP-2
Figure 3
AMP-3
Figure 4
AMP-4
Figure 5
AMP-5
Figure 6
DEUTSCH-1
Figure 7
DEUTSCH-2
Figure 8
FCI
Figure 9
YAZAKI/KET-1
Figure 10
YAZAKI/KEY-1
Figure 11
OTHERS-1
Figure 12
OTHERS-2
Service Information

Connectors 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Connectors
Connectors
Figure 1
Connectors, Configuration 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
Figure 4
Service Information

Positive feed 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Positive feed
Feed
Designation Function
50 Feed via battery relay
40 Feed for fuel filler pump, radio & cassette directly from battery
30 Feed for automatic greasing controller, room lamp directly from battery
Service Information

Ground connections 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Ground connections
Chassis connection
Designation Function
31R1 Master switch
31R2 Starter motor
31 Superstructure (MAE02)
35 Cab (MAE05)
31C1 Cab frame for beacon
31C2 Cab frame for antenna
31E Superstructure
31E1 Engine body for engine oil pressure switch
31E2 Engine body for preheater
Service Information

Wiring diagram, 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Components list and index
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram, Components list and index

Components list
No. Designation Description Wiring diagram

Central units and control units
1 E-ECU Engine control unit SCH17, SCH18, SCH19, SCH20
2 V-ECU Vehicle control unit SCH2, SCH3, SCH6, SCH11, SCH13, SCH16,
Components list

Alternator and power sources
1 AL3201 Alternator SCH01
2 BA3101 Battery SCH01
3 BA3102 Battery SCH01
Components list

Control units
1 MDU Machine display unit SCH16
2 IM Instrument panel SCH4, SCH6
3 IS Service socket SCH16
4 TM2301 Timer, diesel engine heater SCH22
5 CU3605 Auto greasing controller SCH23
6 MM3601 Wiper controller SCH10
Components list

Motors
1 MO2301 Fuel filler pump (35L, option) -
2 MO2302 Fuel filler pump, auto stop (50L, -
option)
3 MO2303 Diesel engine heater (option) SCH22
4 MO3301 Engine start motor SCH01,
5 MO3601 Washer motor SCH10
6 MO3602 Wiper motor (upper) SCH10
7 MO3603 Wiper motor (lower) SCH10
8 MO3901 Air suspension compressor (option) SCH9
9 MO8701 Air conditioner motor -
10 MO8702 Air conditioner compressor SCH15
Components list
No. Marking Designation Wiring diagram

Fuses
1 FU1 Feed Instrument panel SCH07
2 FU2 Feed headlights SCH04
3 FU3 Feed work lights SCH05
4 FU4 Feed wiper & washer SCH10
5 FU5 - -
6 FU6 Feed cigar lighter SCH09
7 FU7 Feed horn SCH09
8 FU8 Feed air conditioner SCH14
9 FU9 Feed extra work lights SCH08
10 FU10 Feed extra work lights SCH08
11 FU11 Feed beacon light (option) SCH08
12 FU12 Feed safety solenoid valve SCH12
13 FU13 Feed auto/manual switch SCH11
14 FU14 Feed MDU SCH16
15 FU15 Feed E-ECU SCH02
16 FU16 Feed start switch SCH01
17 FU17 Feed room light CH08
18 FU18 Feed cassette radio SCH09
19 FU19 Feed auxiliary heater SCH14
20 FU20 Feed power outlet SCH08
21 FU21 Feed fuel filler pump -
22 FU22 - -
23 FU23 - -
24 FU24 Feed emergency engine speed SCH02
control & stop switch
25 FU25 Feed V-ECU SCH06
26 FU26 Feed seat heater, air suspension seat SCH09
27 FU27 Feed hammer/booster/shear select SCH12, SCH13
switch
28 FU28 Feed quickfit, rotator switch SCH13
29 FU29 Feed travel alarm switch SCH08
30 FU30 Feed automatic greasing SCH23
31 FU50 Slow blow fuse 40A SCH01
Components list

Solenoid valves
1 MA2301 Injector 1 SCH19
7 MA9101 Flow control proportional valve SCH11
(option)
8 MA9102 Power shift proportional valve SCH11
9 MA9103 Travel motor SCH12
10 MA9104 Hammer (option) SCH12
11 - - -
12 MA9106 Boom/Arm conflux shut-off SCH12
13 MA9107 Power booster SCH12
14 MA9108 Hydraulic safety SCH12
15 MA9109 Quickfit (option) SCH13
16 MA9110 Left rotator (option) SCH13
17 MA9111 Right Rotator (option) SCH13
18 MA9116 1/2 Pump select (option) SCH13
19 MA9117 Hammer select SCH12
20 MA9118 Shear select SCH12
21 MA9119 Thumb in (option) SCH21
22 MA9120 Boom float (option) SCH21
Components list

Sensors
1 - - -
2 SE2203 Oil pressure, engine SCH17
3 SE2206 Engine oil low pressure (Volvo CE SCH07
Korea)
4 - - -
5 SE2303 Fuel level SCH07
6 SE2306 Fuel temperature, engine SCH17
7 SE2501 Air temperature, engine SCH18
8 SE2502 Air pressure, engine SCH18
9 SE2503 Ambient air pressure SCH14
10 SE2504 Recirculation air temperature SCH14
11 SE2507 Charge air temperature, engine SCH17
12 SE2508 Charge air pressure, engine SCH17
13 SE2601 Coolant temperature (Volvo CE SCH07
Korea)
14 SE2603 Coolant level, engine SCH18
15 SE2606 Coolant temperature, engine SCH17
16 SE2701 Crankshaft speed, engine SCH18
17 SE2703 Camshaft speed, engine SCH18
18 SE3602 Upper wiper limit switch SCH10
19 SE3603 Lower wiper limit switch SCH10
20 SE8501 Mechanical safety bar SCH12
21 SE9101 Attachment pilot pressure SCH13
22 SE9102 Hammer pilot pressure (option) SCH11
23 SE9103 Travel pilot pressure SCH13
24 - - -
25 SE9106 Safety pressure - rotator SCH13
26 SE9107 Overload pressure SCH07
27 SE9109 Receiver dryer pressure SCH15
28 SE9110 Travel alarm pressure SCH08
29 SE9111 Boom float pressure SCH21
Components list

Lights
1 LA3501 Headlight - left SCH04
2 LA3502 Headlight - right SCH04
3 LA3503 Work light - boom SCH04
4 LA3504 Work light - boom SCH04
5 LA3505 Counterweight light (option) SCH08
6 LA3506 Cab rear light (option) SCH08
7 LA3507 Cab front light (option) - extra work SCH08
light
8 LA3508 Cab front light (option) - extra work SCH08
light
9 LA3509 Cab room light SCH08
10 LA3601 Beacon light SCH08
Components list

Control lights
1 LC2201 Engine oil pressure warning -
indicator- instrument
2 LC2301 Seat heater switch (option) SCH05
3 LC2302 Fuel heater indicator (option) - -
instrument
4 LC2501 Air cleaner clogging warning SCH6
5 LC2502 Air preheating indicator - instrument SCH6
6 LC2601 Engine coolant temperature warning SCH6
7 LC2602 Radiator coolant level warning SCH6
8 LC3201 Battery charge warning indicator- -
instrument
9 LC3502 Extra work light switch (option) SCH05
10 LC3503 Room light switch SCH05
11 LC3504 Working lights switch SCH04,
12 LC3601 Washer switch SCH10
13 LC3602 Wiper switch (upper) SCH10
14 LC3603 Wiper switch (lower) SCH10
15 LC3801 Central warning light 1 - instrument SCH01
16 LC3802 Central warning light 2 - instrument SCH01
17 LC3803 Overload warning switch (option) SCH05
18 LC3811 ILL 1 - instrument SCH04
19 LC3812 ILL 2 - instrument SCH04
20 LC3815 Rotating warning beacon switch SCH05
(option)
21 LC3901 Buzzer stop & confirm switch (option) SCH04
22 LC3903 Auto idling select switch SCH04
23 LC3904 Cassette mute switch (option) SCH05
24 - - -
25 LC8102 Travel alarm switch (option) SCH05
26 LC8701 Fuel heater indicator- instrument -
27 LC9101 Booster/hammer/shear switch SCH04
28 LC9102 Power maximum mode switch SCH04
29 LC9107 Power boost indicator - instrument -
30 LC9104 Quickfit switch 1 (option) SCH04
31 LC9105 Quickfit switch 2 (option) SCH05
32 LC9106 Travel speed select switch SCH04
33 LC9110 Hammer operation - instrument -
34 LC9111 Shear operation - instrument -
35 LC9112 Boom float operation - instrument SCH21
36 LC9201 Quickfit light (option) - instrument -
37 LC9401 Overload warning indicator (option) -
38 LC9911 Automatic lubricating indicator -
(option) - instrument
Components list

Switches
1 SW2302 Fuel filler pump start (option) -
2 SW2303 Fuel Filler pump stop (option) -
3 SW2701 Engine speed control SCH03
4 SW2702 Power maximum mode select SCH03
5 SW2703 Auto idling SCH03
6 SW2704 Emergency engine speed control & SCH02
stop
7 SW2705 Overload warning (option) SCH07
8 SW2706 Automatic/manual SCH11
9 SW3101 Master SCH01
10 SW3301 Start SCH01
11 SW3501 Working lights SCH04
12 SW3502 Extra work lights (option) SCH08
13 SW3503 Cab room light SCH08
14 SW3601 Washer SCH10
15 SW3602 Wiper (upper) SCH10
16 SW3603 Wiper (lower) SCH10
17 SW3604 Buzzer stop & confirm (option SCH07
18 SW3606 Horn, left SCH09
19 SW3607 Horn, right SCH09
20 SW3801 Travel alarm (option) SCH08
21 SW3802 Beacon light (option) SCH08
22 SW3901 Mute (option) SCH09
23 SW8501 Seat heater (option) SCH09
24 SW9101 Flow control (option) SCH11
25 SW9103 Travel speed select SCH12
26 SW9104 Quickfit 1 (option) SCH13
27 SW9105 Quickfit 2 (option) SCH13
28 SW9107 Booster/hammer/shear select SCH12
29 SW9108 Booster/hammer SCH12
30 SW9109 Rotator, left (option) SCH13
31 SW9110 Rotator, right (option) SCH13
32 SW9112 Two pump select (option) SCH13
33 SW9115 Thumb in (option) SCH21
34 SW9116 Boom float (option) SCH21
Components list

Relays
1 RE2501 Preheater SCH20
2 RE3101 Battery SCH01
3 RE3301 Safety SCH01
4 RE3501 Light SCH04
5 RE3502 Extra work lights SCH08
6 RE3604 Horn SCH09
7 RE3605 Wiper SCH10
8 RE3701 EMS power SCH02
9 RE3702 EMS Data record SCH02
10 RE8701 Air conditioner & diesel heater SCH15
11 RE9102 Travel SCH12
12 RE9103 Travel speed select SCH12
13 RE9104 Quickfit 1 (option) SCH13
14 RE9105 Quickfit 2 (option) SCH13
15 RE9106 Safety (rotator) SCH13
Components list

Audible signals
1 SA3601 Warning buzzer SCH07
2 SA3602 Horn SCH09
3 SA9101 Travel alarm SCH08
Components list

Power outlet
1 PO3901 Electric power outlet 12V DC SCH08
Components list

Instruments
1 IM3812 Hour meter SCH07
2 IM3811 Gauge - engine cooler temperature SCH07
3 IM3803 Gauge - fuel level gauge SCH07
Components list

Heating coils
1 HE2501 Preheater coil SCH20
2 HE3801 Cigarette lighter SCH09
3 HE8501 Seat heater coil SCH09
4 HE2301 Diesel engine heater SCH22
Components list

Miscellaneous
1 MM3901 Cassette radio SCH09
2 MM3902 DC-DC converter SCH08, SCH09
3 MM3903 Resister box SCH11
4 MM3904 Speaker SCH09
5 AC Air conditioner SCH14
Service Information

Wiring diagram, 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Components list and index
(I-ECU application)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram, Components list and index (I-ECU application)

Components list

Central units and control units
1 I-ECU Instrument control unit SCH16-1, SCH04-1, SCH05-1, SCH06-1
2 E-ECU Engine control unit SCH17, SCH18, SCH19, SCH20-1
3 V-ECU Vehicle control unit SCH02-1, SCH03-1, SCH06, SCH11-1, SCH13-1,
SCH16-1,
Components list

Alternator and power sources
1 AL3201 Alternator SCH01-1
2 BA3101 Battery SCH01-1
3 BA3102 Battery SCH01-1
Components list

Control units
1 IS Service socket SCH16-1
2 TM2301 Timer, diesel engine heater SCH22-1
3 CU3605 Auto greasing controller SCH23-1
4 MM3601 Wiper controller SCH10-1
Components list

Motors
1 MO2301 Fuel filler pump (35L, option) -
2 MO2302 Fuel filler pump, auto stop (50L, -
option)
3 MO2303 Diesel engine heater (option) SCH22
4 MO3301 Engine start motor SCH01-1
5 MO3601 Washer motor SCH10-1
6 MO3602 Wiper motor (upper) SCH10-1
7 MO3603 Wiper motor (lower) SCH10-1
8 MO3901 Air suspension compressor (option) SCH09-1
9 MO8701 Air conditioner motor -
10 MO8702 Air conditioner compressor SCH15-1
Components list

Fuses
1 FU1 Feed I-ECU -
2 FU2 Feed headlights SCH04-1
3 FU3 Feed work lights SCH05-1
4 FU4 Feed wiper & washer SCH10-1
5 FU5 - -
6 FU6 Feed cigar lighter SCH09-1
7 FU7 Feed horn SCH09-1
8 FU8 Feed air conditioner SCH14-1
9 FU9 Feed extra work lights SCH08-1
10 FU10 Feed extra work lights SCH08-1
11 FU11 Feed beacon light (option) SCH08-1
12 FU12 Feed safety solenoid valve SCH12-1
13 FU13 Feed auto/manual switch SCH11-1
14 FU14 - -
15 FU15 Feed EMS power SCH02-1
16 FU16 Feed start switch SCH01-1
17 FU17 Feed room light CH08-1
18 FU18 Feed cassette radio SCH09-1
19 FU19 Feed auxiliary heater SCH14-1
20 FU20 Feed power outlet SCH08-1
21 FU21 Feed fuel filler pump -
22 FU22 - -
23 FU23 - -
24 FU24 Feed emergency engine speed SCH02-1
control & stop switch
25 FU25 Feed V-ECU SCH06-1
26 FU26 Feed seat heater, air suspension seat SCH09-1
27 FU27 Feed hammer/booster/shear select SCH12-1, SCH13-1
switch
28 FU28 Feed quickfit, rotator switch SCH13-1
29 FU29 Feed travel alarm switch SCH08-1
30 FU30 Feed automatic greasing SCH23-1
31 FU50 Slow blow fuse, 40A SCH01-1
32 FU51 Slow blow fuse, 40A SCH01-1
33 FU52 Slow blow fuse 80A SCH01-1
34 - - -
35 FU54 Slow blow fuse 140A SCH20-1
Components list

Solenoid valves
7 MA9101 Flow control proportional valve SCH11-1
(option)
8 MA9102 Power shift proportional valve SCH11-1
9 MA9103 Travel motor SCH12-1
10 MA9104 Hammer (option) SCH12-1
11 - - -
12 MA9106 Boom/Arm conflux shut-off SCH12-1
13 MA9107 Power booster SCH12-1
14 MA9108 Hydraulic safety SCH12-1
15 MA9109 Quickfit (option) SCH13-1
16 MA9110 Left rotator (option) SCH13-1
17 MA9111 Right Rotator (option) SCH13-1
18 MA9116 1/2 Pump select (option) SCH13-1
19 MA9117 Hammer select SCH12-1
20 MA9118 Shear select SCH12-1
21 MA9119 Thumb in (option) SCH21-1
22 MA9120 Boom float (option) SCH21-1
Components list

Sensors
1 - - -
2 SE2203 Oil pressure, engine SCH17
3 SE2206 Engine oil low pressure (Volvo CE -
Korea)
4 - - -
5 SE2303 Fuel level SCH06-1
6 SE2306 Fuel temperature, engine SCH17
7 SE2501 Air temperature, engine SCH18
8 SE2502 Air pressure, engine SCH18
9 SE2503 Ambient air pressure SCH14-1
10 SE2504 Recirculation air temperature SCH14-1
11 SE2507 Charge air temperature, engine SCH17
12 SE2508 Charge air pressure, engine SCH17
13 SE2601 Coolant temperature (Volvo CE -
Korea)
14 SE2603 Coolant level, engine SCH18
15 SE2606 Coolant temperature, engine SCH17
16 SE2701 Crankshaft speed, engine SCH18
17 SE2703 Camshaft speed, engine SCH18
18 SE3602 Upper wiper limit switch SCH10-1
19 SE3603 Lower wiper limit switch SCH10-1
20 SE8501 Mechanical safety bar SCH12-1
21 SE9101 Attachment pilot pressure SCH13-1
22 SE9102 Hammer pilot pressure (option) SCH11-1
23 SE9103 Travel pilot pressure SCH13-1
24 - - -
25 SE9106 Safety pressure - rotator SCH13-1
27 SE9109 Receiver dryer pressure SCH15-1
28 SE9110 Travel alarm pressure SCH08-1
29 SE9111 Boom float pressure SCH21-1
Components list

Lights
1 LA3501 Headlight - left SCH04-1
2 LA3502 Headlight - right SCH04-1
3 LA3503 Work light - boom SCH04-1
4 LA3504 Work light - boom SCH04-1
5 LA3505 Counterweight light (option) SCH08-1
6 LA3506 Cab rear light (option) SCH08-1
7 LA3507 Cab front light (option) - extra work SCH08-1
light
8 LA3508 Cab front light (option) - extra work SCH08-1
light
9 LA3509 Cab room light SCH08-1
10 LA3601 Beacon light SCH08-1
Components list

Control lights
1 LC2201 Engine oil pressure warning
indicator- I-ECU
2 LC2301 Seat heater switch (option) SCH05-1
3 LC2302 Fuel heater indicator (option) - I-ECU -
4 LC2501 Air cleaner clogging warning SCH06-1
5 LC2502 Air preheating indicator - I-ECU SCH06-1
6 LC2601 Engine coolant temperature warning SCH06-1
indicator- I-ECU
7 LC2602 Radiator coolant level warning SCH06-1
indicator- I-ECU
8 LC3201 Battery charge warning indicator- I- SCH06-1
ECU
9 LC3502 Extra work light switch (option) SCH05-1
10 LC3503 Room light switch SCH05-1
11 LC3504 Working lights switch SCH04-1
12 LC3601 Washer switch SCH04-1
13 LC3602 Wiper switch (upper) SCH04-1
14 LC3603 Wiper switch (lower) SCH04-1
15 - - -
16 - - -
17 LC3803 Overload warning switch (option) SCH05-1
18 - - -
19 - - -
20 LC3815 Rotating warning beacon switch SCH05-1
(option)
21 LC3901 Buzzer stop & confirm switch (option) SCH04-1
22 LC3903 Auto idling select switch SCH04-1
23 LC3904 Cassette mute switch (option) SCH05-1
24 - - -
25 LC8102 Travel alarm switch (option) SCH05-1
26 LC8701 Fuel heater indicator- instrument -
27 LC9101 Booster/hammer/shear switch SCH04-1
28 LC9102 Power maximum mode switch SCH04-1
29 LC9107 Power boost indicator - instrument SCH06-1
30 LC9104 Quickfit switch 1 (option) SCH04-1
31 LC9105 Quickfit switch 2 (option) SCH05-1
32 LC9106 Travel speed select switch SCH04-1
33 LC9110 Hammer operation - instrument SCH06-1
34 LC9111 Shear operation - instrument SCH06-1
35 LC9112 Boom float operation - instrument SCH06-1
36 LC9201 Quickfit operation indicator (option) - SCH06-1
instrument
37 LC9401 Overload warning indicator (option) SCH06-1
38 LC9911 Automatic lubricating indicator -
(option) - instrument
Components list

Switches
1 SW2302 Fuel filler pump start (option) -
2 SW2303 Fuel Filler pump stop (option) -
3 SW2701 Engine speed control SCH03-1
4 SW2702 Power maximum mode select SCH03-1
5 SW2703 Auto idling SCH03-1
6 SW2704 Emergency engine speed control & SCH02-1
stop
7 SW2705 Overload warning (option) SCH06-1
8 SW2706 Automatic/manual SCH11-1
9 SW3101 Master SCH01-1
10 SW3301 Start SCH01-1
11 SW3501 Working lights SCH04-1
12 SW3502 Extra work lights (option) SCH08-1
13 SW3503 Cab room light SCH08-1
14 SW3601 Washer SCH10-1
15 SW3602 Wiper (upper) SCH10-1
16 SW3603 Wiper (lower) SCH10-1
17 SW3604 Buzzer stop & confirm (option SCH13-1
18 SW3606 Horn, left SCH09-1
19 SW3607 Horn, right SCH09-1
20 SW3801 Travel alarm (option) SCH08-1
21 SW3802 Beacon light (option) SCH08-1
22 SW3901 Mute (option) SCH09-1
23 SW8501 Seat heater (option) SCH09-1
24 SW9101 Flow control (option) SCH11-1
25 SW9103 Travel speed select SCH12-1
26 SW9104 Quickfit 1 (option) SCH13-1
27 SW9105 Quickfit 2 (option) SCH13-1
28 SW9107 Booster/hammer/shear select SCH12-1
29 SW9108 Booster/hammer SCH12-1
30 SW9109 Rotator, left (option) SCH13-1
31 SW9110 Rotator, right (option) SCH13-1
32 SW9112 Two pump select (option) SCH13-1
33 SW9115 Thumb in (option) SCH21-1
34 SW9116 Boom float (option) SCH21-1
Components list

Relays
1 RE2501 Preheater SCH20-1
2 RE3101 Battery SCH01-1
3 RE3301 Safety SCH01-1
4 RE3501 Light SCH04-1
5 RE3502 Extra work lights SCH08-1
6 RE3604 Horn SCH09-1
7 RE3605 Wiper SCH10-1
8 RE3701 EMS power SCH02-1
9 RE3702 EMS Data record SCH02-1
10 RE8701 Air conditioner & diesel heater SCH15-1
11 RE9102 Travel SCH12-1
12 RE9103 Travel speed select SCH12-1
13 RE9104 Quickfit 1 (option) SCH13-1
14 RE9105 Quickfit 2 (option) SCH13-1
15 RE9106 Safety (rotator) SCH13-1
Components list

Audible signals
1 SA3601 Warning buzzer SCH07-1
2 SA3602 Horn SCH09-1
3 SA9101 Travel alarm SCH08-1
Components list

Power outlet
1 PO3901 Electric power outlet 12V DC SCH08-1, SCH09-1
Components list
Instruments
1 IM3812 Hour meter SCH01-1
2 IM3811 Gauge - coolant temperature SCH06-1
3 IM3803 Gauge - fuel level SCH06-1
Components list

Heating coils
1 HE2501 Preheater coil SCH20-1
2 HE3801 Cigarette lighter SCH09-1
3 HE8501 Seat heater coil SCH09-1
4 HE2301 Diesel engine heater SCH22
Components list

Miscellaneous
1 MM3901 Cassette radio SCH09-1
2 MM3902 DC-DC converter SCH08-1, SCH09-1
3 MM3903 Resister box SCH11-1
4 MM3904 Speaker SCH09-1
5 AC Air conditioner SCH14-1
Service Information

Component designations 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component designations
The components in the electrical system are grouped in sixteen component groups according to standard SS-IEC 750 . The
component group is indicated by a letter according to the following table. Each separate component has a running number
after the letter.
Description Designation
Antenna ANT
Diodes DI
Alternator AL
Sensors and monitors SE
Indicator light LC
Cassette radio CRR
Control unit CU
Lights LA
Solenoid valve MA
Motor MO
Proportional valve PWM
Relay RE
Service connection IS
Horn, speakers SA
Voltage converter SO
Power (electric) source BA
Switches SW
Control unit V-ECU, E-ECU, I-ECU
Fuses FU
Timers and counters IM
Connections and connectors PO
Heaters HE
Service Information

Electrical symbols and 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
designations
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Electrical symbols and designations

Designation Symbol Explanation
AL Alternator with charging regulator
BA Battery
CU Electronic unit
DI Diode
E-ECU Engine control unit
FU Fuse
HE Heaters
I-ECU Instrument control unit
IM Instrument, i.e. hour meter
LA Light
LC Control light, fixed light
Control light, flashing light
MA Solenoid valve
MO Electric motor
Starter motor
PO Outlets
PWM Proportional valve
R Resistor
RE Relay
RFX Relay
SA Audible signal
SE Speed sensor
Level sensor
Temperature sensor
Pressure sensor
Pressure monitor
Mechanical monitor
Position monitor
SW Switches
Switches
T-ECU Pump control unit
V-ECU Vehicle control unit
Ground connection
Ground connection engine block

Shielded cable
Service Information

Wiring diagrams 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagrams
Components list
No. Description Wiring diagram

1 Engine start and charging system SCH01, SCH01-1
2 Engine and engine management system SCH02, SCH02-1
3 Engine control system, auto idling and SCH03, SCH03-1
power maximum mode switch
4 Lights and control lights SCH4, SCH04-1, SCH05, SCH05-1
5 Electronic system SCH06, SCH06-1
6 Electronic system and instrument panel SCH07
7 Lights and lights switches SCH08, SCH08-1
8 Audio system and horns SCH09, SCH09-1
9 Wiper system SCH10, SCH10-1
10 Hydraulics and flow control system SCH11, SCH11-1
11 Hydraulic safety system SCH12, SCH12-1
12 Rotator and quickfit SCH12, SCH12-1
13 Air conditioner system SCH14, SCH14-1, SCH15, SCH15-1
14 Service socket and machine display unit SCH16, SCH16-1
15 Engine and sensors SCH17, SCH18, SCH19
16 Engine and preheating system SCH20, SCH20-1
17 Thumb and boom float SCH21, SCH21-1
18 Diesel engine heater SCH22
19 Auto greasing system SCH23-1
Service Information

Wiring diagram SCH01 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram SCH01
Figure 1
Marking Designation Marking Designation

FU50,51 Slow blow fuse, 40 A MO3301 Start motor
FU52 Slow blow fuse, 80 A AL3201 Alternator
FU16 Feed start switch RE3301 Safety relay
RE3101 Battery relay BA3101 Battery
SW3301 Start switch BA3102 Battery
SW3101 Master switch
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Wiring diagram SCH01-1 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram SCH01-1 (I-ECU equipped)
Figure 1
Wiring diagram SCH01-1

FU50 Slow blow fuse, 40 A SW3101 Master switch
FU51 Slow blow fuse, 40 A MO3301 Start motor
FU52 Slow blow fuse, 80 A AL3201 Alternator
FU16 Feed start switch RE3301 Safety relay
RE3101 Battery relay BA3101 Battery
SW3301 Start switch BA3102 Battery
IM3812 Hour meter
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU15 Feed EMS relay (E-ECU) SW3301 Start switch
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control & stop switch FU24 Feed emergency engine speed control & stop
switch
RE3701 Relay- EMS power V-ECU Vehicle electronic unit
RE3702 Relay- EMS data record
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU15 Feed EMS relay (E-ECU) SW3301 Start switch
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control & stop switch FU24 Feed emergency engine speed control & stop
switch
RE3701 Relay- EMS power V-ECU Vehicle electronic unit
RE3702 Relay- EMS data record
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU15 Feed EMS power (E-ECU) FU24 Feed emergency engine speed control & stop
switch
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control & stop switch V-ECU Vehicle electronic unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SW2701 Engine speed control switch SW2703 Auto idling switch
SW2702 Power maximum mode switch V-ECU Vehicle control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SW2701 Engine speed control switch SW2703 Auto idling switch
SW2702 Power maximum mode switch V-ECU Vehicle control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU2 Feed head lamp LA3503 Boom work lamp
FU3 Feed work lamp LA3504 Boom work lamp
SW3501 Working lights switch LC3501 Working lights switch
RE3501 Relay- light LC9106 Travel speed select switch
LA3501 Head lamp - right-hand LC9102 Power max mode select switch
LA3502 Head lamp - left-hand LC3903 Auto idle select switch
LC9101 Boost/hammer/shear select switch LC3601 Washer switch
LC9104 Quickfit 1 switch (option) LC3602 Upper wiper switch
LC3901 Buzzer stop & confirm switch LC3603 Low wiper switch
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
FU2 Feed headlights LA3503 Boom work lamp
FU3 Feed work lights LA3504 Boom work lamp
LA3501 Headlight, right-hand LC9102 Power maximum mode select switch
LA3502 Headlight, left-hand LC3903 Auto idle select switch
RE3501 Relay, Boom work lights
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
FU2 Feed headlights LA3503 Boom work lamp
FU3 Feed work lights LA3504 Boom work lamp
LA3501 Headlight, right-hand LC9102 Power maximum mode select switch
LA3502 Headlight, left-hand LC3903 Auto idle select switch
RE3501 Relay, Boom work lights
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU3 Feed work lamp LC3815 Rotator beacon lamp switch (option)
SW3501 Head lamp switch LC9105 Quickfit 2 switch (option)
RE3501 Relay - light LC8102 Travel alarm switch (option)
LC3503 Room lamp switch LC3803 Overloading warning switch (option)
LC3904 Cassette mute switch LC2301 Seat heater switch (option)
LC3502 Work lamp extra switch (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU3 Feed work lights LC3815 Rotator beacon lamp switch (option)
SW3501 Headlights switch LC9105 Quickfit 2 switch (option)
RE3501 Relay - light LC8102 Travel alarm switch (option)
LC3503 Room light switch LC3803 Overloading warning switch (option)
LC3904 Cassette mute switch LC2301 Seat heater switch (option)
LC3502 Work lamp extra switch (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Component list: Alternator, 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
batteries, capacitors,
electronic units, voltage
outlet
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list: Alternator, batteries, capacitors, electronic units,

voltage outlet
Marking Description Wiring diagram

AL3201 Alternator 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
BA3101 Battery 1 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
BA3102 Battery 2 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
E-ECU Engine control unit 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
370 Wiring diagram SCH03
I-ECU Instrument control unit 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
V-ECU Vehicle control unit 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
CU3601 Wiper motor controller 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
CU8701 Electronic climate switch & controller 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
CU8702 Time control unit for Diesel heater 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU25 Feed V-ECU LC2602 Radiator coolant level warning lamp
IM Instrument panel LC2601 Engine coolant temperature warning lamp
SW3301 Start switch LC2502 Air preheating indicator lamp
V-ECU Vehicle control unit LC2501 Air cleaner clogging warning lamp
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU25 Feed V-ECU LC2602 Indicator - Radiator coolant level warning
I-ECU Instrument control unit LC2501 Indicator - air cleaner clogging warning
V-ECU Vehicle control unit LC2502 Indicator - air preheating
SW3301 Start switch LC3201 Indicator - battery charge warning
SE2303 Sensor - fuel level LC9201 Indicator - quickfit operation
SW2705 Over load switch LC2901 Indicator - over load warning
SE9107 Sensor - over load LC9107 Indicator - boost operation
IM3811 Gauge - coolant temperature LC9112 Indicator - boom float operation
IM3803 Gauge - fuel level LC9110 Indicator - hammer operation
LC2201 Indicator - engine oil pressure warning LC9111 Indicator - shear operation
LC2601 Indicator - engine coolant temperature
warning
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SE2601 Sensor - coolant temperature (Volvo CE IM Instrument panel
Korea)
SE2303 Sender - fuel level SW3604 Buzzer stop & confirm (option)
SE2206 Sender - engine oil low pressure (Volvo CE SW3301 Start switch
Korea)
SW2705 Overload switch (option) FU1 Feed instrument panel
SE9107 Sensor - overload (option) SA3601 Warning buzzer
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU9 Feed extra work light RE3502 Relay - extra work light (option)
FU10 Feed extra work light SE9110 Sensor - travel alarm pressure
FU17 Feed room light LA3506 Light - cab rear (option)
FU20 Feed power outlet LA3505 Light - counterweight (option)
FU11 Feed beacon light (option) LA3507 Light - cab front (option)
FU29 Feed travel alarm LA3508 Light - cab front (option)
SW3502 Extra work lamp switch (option) LA3509 Light - cab room
SW3503 Cab room light switch PO3901 Power outlet
SW3802 Beacon light switch (option) LA3601 Light - beacon
SW3801 Travel alarm switch (option) SA9101 Travel alarm
MM3902 DC-DC converter
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU9 Feed extra work Light RE3502 Relay - extra work lamp (option)
FU10 Feed extra work Light SE9110 Sensor - travel alarm pressure
FU17 Feed room Light LA3506 Lamp - cab rear (option)
FU20 Feed power outlet LA3505 Light - counterweight (option)
FU11 Feed beacon light (option) LA3507 Light - cab front (option)
FU29 Feed travel alarm LA3508 Light - cab front (option)
SW3502 Extra work light switch (option) LA3509 Light - cab room
SW3503 Cab room light switch PO3901 Power outlet
SW3802 Beacon light switch (option) LA3601 Light - beacon
SW3801 Travel alarm switch (option) SA9101 Travel alarm
MM3902 DC-DC converter
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU18 Feed cassette radio HE3801 Cigar lighter
FU26 Feed seat heater & air suspension SW3901 Mute switch (option)
FU6 Feed cigar lighter MM3901 Cassette radio
FU7 Feed horn MM3902 DC-DC converter
SW8501 Seat heater switch (option) MM3904 Speaker
HE8501 Seat heater coil (option) RE3604 Relay - horn
SW3606 Control lever horn left switch SW3607 Control lever horn right switch
SA3602 Horn SA3603 Horn
MO3901 Air suspension compressor (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU4 Feed wiper & washer SE3603 Sensor - lower wiper
RE3605 Relay - wiper MO3603 Lower wiper
SW3602 Upper wiper switch MO3601 Washer
SW3603 Lower wiper switch MO3602 Upper wiper
SW3601 Washer switch MM3601 Wiper controller
SE3602 Sensor - upper wiper
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SW3602 Upper wiper switch MO3601 Washer motor
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SW3602 Upper wiper switch MO3601 Washer motor
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU13 Auto/manual switch fuse - -
SW9101 Flow control switch MA9102 Power shift proportion valve
- - MM3903 Resister box
SE9102 Sensor - hammer pilot pressure SW2706 Auto/manual switch
MA9101 Flow control proportional valve (option) V-ECU Vehicle electronic unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU13 Feed auto/manual switch MM3903 Resister box
SE9102 Sensor - hammer pilot pressure SW2706 Auto/manual switch
MA9101 Flow control proportional valve (option) V-ECU Vehicle control unit
MA9102 Power shift proportion valve
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU12 Feed safety solenoid valve MA9103 Travel motor solenoid valve
FU27 Feed hammer/booster/shear select SW9103 Travel speed select switch
SW9108 Booster/hammer switch - -
SW9107 Hammer/booster/shear select switch MA9106 Boom/Arm pilot shut-off solenoid valve
SE8501 Mechanical safety bar MA9107 Power booster solenoid valve
RE9102 Relay - travel motor MA9104 Hammer solenoid valve (option)
RE9103 Relay - travel speed select MA9117 Hammer select solenoid valve (option)
MA9108 Hydraulic safety solenoid valve MA9118 Shear select solenoid valve (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
FU12 Feed safety solenoid valve V-ECU Vehicle electronic unit
FU27 Feed hammer/booster/shear select MA9103 Travel motor solenoid valve
SW9108 Booster/hammer switch SW9103 Travel speed select switch
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
FU12 Feed safety solenoid valve V-ECU Vehicle electronic unit
FU27 Feed hammer/booster/shear select MA9103 Travel motor solenoid valve
SW9108 Booster/hammer switch SW9103 Travel speed select switch
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU28 Feed quickfit /rotator switch - -
SE9106 Sensor - safety press SW9112 One/two pump select switch (option)
RE9106 Relay - safety (rotator) MA9109 Quickfit solenoid valve (option)
FU27 Feed Hammer/Booster/Shear select LC9201 Lamp - quickfit indicator
SW9104 Quickfit #1 switch (option) MA9110 Rotator left solenoid valve (option)
SW9105 Quickfit #2 switch (option) MA9111 Rotator right solenoid valve (option)
SW9109 Rotator left switch (option) SE9101 Sensor - attach pilot pressure
SW9110 Rotator right switch (option) SE9103 Sensor - travel pilot pressure
RE9104 Relay - quickfit #1 (option) MA9116 One/two pump select solenoid valve (option)
RE9105 Relay - quickfit #2 (option) V-ECU Vehicle control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU28 Feed quickfit /rotator switch SW3604 Buzz stop & confirm switch
SE9106 Sensor - safety pressure SW9112 One/two pump select switch (option)
FU27 Feed Hammer/Booster/Shear select MA9110 Rotator left solenoid valve (option)
SW9105 Quickfit #2 switch (option) SE9101 Sensor - attach pilot pressure
SW9109 Rotator left switch (option) SE9103 Sensor - travel pilot pressure
SW9110 Rotator right switch (option) MA9116 One/two pump select solenoid valve (option)
RE9105 Relay - quickfit #2 (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU28 Feed quickfit /rotator switch SW3604 Buzz stop & confirm switch
SE9106 Sensor - safety pressure SW9112 One/two pump select switch (option)
FU27 Feed Hammer/Booster/Shear select MA9110 Rotator left solenoid valve (option)
SW9105 Quickfit #2 switch (option) SE9101 Sensor - attach pilot pressure
SW9109 Rotator left switch (option) SE9103 Sensor - travel pilot pressure
SW9110 Rotator right switch (option) MA9116 One/two pump select solenoid valve (option)
RE9105 Relay - quickfit #2 (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU8 Feed air conditioner fuse SW8701 Air conditioner switch
FU19 Feed aux. heater fuse AC Air conditioner
SE2503 Sensor - ambient air pressure SW3301 Start switch
SE2504 Sensor - recirculation air temperature
(option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

(option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

(option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SE9109 Sensor - receiver dryer pressure SW8701 Air conditioner switch
MO8702 Air conditioner compressor AC Air conditioner
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SE9109 Sensor - receiver dryer pressure SW8701 Air conditioner switch
MO8702 Air conditioner compressor AC Air conditioner
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU14 Feed MDU MDU Machine display unit
FU25 Feed V-ECU IS Service socket
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU25 Feed V-ECU IS Service socket
V-ECU Vehicle control unit I-ECU Instrument control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SE2606 Sensor - coolant temperature, engine SE2203 Sensor - oil pressure, engine
SE2507 Sensor - charge air temperature, engine SE2306 Sensor - fuel temperature, engine
SE2508 Sensor - charge air pressure, engine E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SE2701 Sensor - engine speed, crankshaft SE2501 Sensor - air temperature, engine
SE2703 Sensor - engine speed, camshaft SE2502 Sensor - air pressure, engine
SE2603 Sensor - coolant level, engine E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

MA2301 Injector 1 solenoid valve MA2305 Injector 5 solenoid valve
MA2302 Injector 2 solenoid valve MA2306 Injector 6 solenoid valve
MA2303 Injector 3 solenoid valve E-ECU Engine electronic control unit
MA2304 Injector 4 solenoid valve
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

FU27 Feed Preheater relay RE2501 Relay - preheater relay
FU54 Slow blow fuse HE2501 Preheater
E-ECU Engine control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SW9116 Boom float switch (option) MA9120 Boom float solenoid valve (option)
SW9108 Hammer/thumb out switch (option) MA9104 Hammer/thumb out solenoid valve (option)
SW9115 Thumb in switch (option) MA9119 Thumb in solenoid valve (option)
SE9111 Sensor - boom float pressure (option) LC9112 Boom float indicator (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

SW9116 Boom float switch (option) MA9120 Boom float solenoid valve (option)
SW9108 Hammer/thumb out switch (option) MA9104 Hammer/thumb out solenoid valve (option)
SW9115 Thumb in switch (option) MA9119 Thumb in solenoid valve (option)
SE9111 Sensor - boom float pressure (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

HE2301 Diesel engine heater MO2303 Fuel pump - diesel engine heater
TM2301 Timer-diesel engine heater
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Marking Designation
CU3605 Auto grease controller
IM Instrument panel
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

(I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1

CU3605 Auto grease controller V-ECU Vehicle control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Components list 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Components list
Connectors list, central unit and control unit
No. Marking on the connector Description Wiring diagram

1 I-ECU Instrument control unit SCH01, SCH04, SCH05,
SCH06, SCH13, SCH14,
SCH17
2 V-ECU Vehicle control unit SCH02, SCH03, SCH04,
SCH06, SCH13, SCH14,
SCH15, SCH17
3 E-ECU Engine control unit SCH02, SCH04
Connectors list, control unit

1 CU8701 Electronic climate switch & controller SCH07
2 CU8702 Diesel heater timer SCH08
3 CU3601 Wiper motor controller SCH11
4 CU9901 Automatic greasing control unit SCH17
Connectors list, power source

1 BA3101 Battery 1 SCH01
2 BA3102 Battery 2 SCH01
3 AL3201 Alternator SCH01
Connectors list, audible signal

1 SA3602 Horn SCH10
2 SA3603 Horn SCH10
3 SA4201 Travel alarm SCH10
Connectors list, heating coil

1 HE2301 Water separator heater SCH03
2 HE2501 Preheater SCH03
3 HE8701 Diesel heater unit SCH08
4 HE8501 Seat heater SCH12
5 HE3801 Cigarette lighter SCH12
Connectors list, sensor

1 SE2606 Coolant temperature SCH03
2 SE2501 Ambient temperature SCH03
3 SE2205 Oil level SCH03
4 SE2202 Oil temperature SCH03
5 SE2507 Boost temperature SCH03
6 SE2508 Boost pressure SCH03
7 SE2701 Engine speed - crank SCH03
8 SE2703 Engine speed - cam shaft SCH03
9 SE2303 Fuel level SCH04
11 SE9105 Hydraulic oil temperature SCH04

12 SE2302 Water in fuel level SCH04
13 SE2603 Coolant level SCH04
14 SE2205 Engine oil level SCH04
15 SE2202 Engine oil temperature SCH04
16 SE2606 Coolant temperature SCH04
17 SE2203 Engine oil pressure SCH04
18 SE2301 Fuel pressure SCH04
20 SE2502 Air filter clogging SCH04
21 SE2508 Boost air pressure SCH04

22 SE2507 Boost air temperature SCH04
23 SE9111 Pilot pressure SCH06
24 SE9105 Hydraulic oil temperature SCH06
25 SE8702 Refrigerant temperature SCH07
27 SE8706 Recirculation air temperature SCH07
28 SE8707 Water temperature SCH07
29 SE8701 High/low pressure SCH07
30 SE4216 Travel pilot pressure SCH10
31 SE3602 Upper limit SCH11

32 SE3603 Lower limit SCH11
33 SE9112 X1 pressure SCH13
34 SE9140 Boom float pressure SCH15
35 SE2304 Fuel filler pump level SCH16
Connectors list, solenoid valve

1 MA9108 Safety SCH03
2 MA2301 Injector 1 SCH03-1
8 MA2504 Internal exhausted gas recirculation SCH03
9 MA4212 Travel motor SCH06
10 MA9105 Conflux cutoff SCH06
11 MA9107 Boost SCH06

12 MA9108 Safety SCH06
13 MA8702 Compressor clutch SCH07
14 MA9117 X1 Hammer selection SCH13
15 MA9118 X1 Shear selection SCH13
16 MA9116 X1 2 pump flow selection SCH13
17 MA9104 Hammer/thumb bucket - out SCH13
18 MA9119 Thumb bucket - in SCH13
19 MA9109 Quickfit SCH14
20 MA9110 X3 Left SCH14
21 MA9111 X3 Right SCH14
22 MA9120 Boom float SCH15
Connectors list, switch

1 SW3101 Battery disconnect SCH01
2 SW3301 Start SCH01
3 SW9103 Automatic/manual SCH02, SCH06
4 SW2704 Emergency SCH02, SCH03
5 SW2301 Water separator SCH03
6 SW2701 Engine speed control SCH03
7 SW2703 Automatic idling SCH03
8 SW9118 Safety lever SCH03, SCH06
9 SW3504 Work light (standard) SCH05
10 SW3505 Work light (extra) SCH05
11 SW9110 Power maximum mode SCH06

12 SW4202 High travel speed SCH06
13 SW9401 Overload selection switch SCH06
14 SW3901 Mute SCH09
15 SW3609 Horn switch, left control lever SCH10
16 SW3610 Horn switch, right control lever SCH10
17 SW4203 Travel alarm stop SCH10
18 SW3602 Wiper, upper SCH11
19 SW3603 Wiper, lower SCH11
20 SW3608 Washer SCH11
21 SW8501 Seat heater SCH12

22 SW8502 Air suspension SCH12
23 SW3607 Beacon light SCH12
24 SW3503 Room light SCH12
25 SW9107 Shear/hammer selection SCH13
26 SW9163 Thumb bucket-out switch SCH13
27 SW9164 Thumb bucket-in switch SCH13
28 SW9112 2 pump flow selection SCH13
29 SW9104 Quickfit switch 1 SCH14
30 SW9105 Quickfit switch 2 SCH14
31 SW9160 Buzzer stop & confirmation SCH14

32 SW9405 X3 left switch SCH14
33 SW9405 X3 left switch SCH14
34 SW9406 X3 right switch SCH14
35 SW9161 X3 flow control proportional switch (option, SCH14
EC240B only)
36 SW9158 Boom float SCH15
37 SW2302 Fuel filler pump start SCH16
38 SW2303 Fuel filler pump stop SCH16
39 SW3204 Fuel filler pump switch ( 35 L) SCH16
Connectors list, control light

1 LC3803 Central warning indicator SCH04
2 LC3201 Battery charge indicator SCH04
3 LC2201 Engine oil pressure indicator SCH04
4 LC2501 Air filter clogging indicator SCH04
5 LC2502 Preheating indicator SCH04
6 LC2601 Engine high temperature indicator SCH04
7 LC2602 Coolant low level indicator SCH04
8 LC9155 Hydraulic oil temperature indicator SCH04
9 LC9401 Overload indicator SCH04
10 LC9911 Automatic lubrication error indicator SCH04
11 LC9156 Hammer selection indicator SCH13
12 LC9157 Shear selection indicator SCH13
13 LC9911 Automatic greasing indicator SCH17
Connectors list, light

1 LA3512 Work light on the left of superstructure SCH05
2 LA3513 Work light on the right of superstructure SCH05
3 LA3527 Work light 1 on the left of boom SCH05
4 LA3529 Work light 2 on the left of boom SCH05
5 LA3528 Work light 1 on the right of boom SCH05
6 LA3530 Work light 2 on the right of boom SCH05
7 LA3514 Work light , cab rear SCH05
8 LA3515 Work light , counterweight SCH05
9 LA3521 Work light on the left of cab front SCH05
10 LA3522 Work light on the right of cab front SCH05
11 LA3601 Beacon SCH12
12 LA3501 Room SCH12
Connectors list, relay

1 RE3301 Starter SCH01, SCH03
2 RE3101 Main relay 1 SCH01
3 RE3202 Main relay 2 SCH01
4 RE2501 Preheater SCH01
5 RE3501 Work lights SCH05
6 RE3502 Extra work lights SCH05
7 RE8702 Compressor of HVAC SCH07
8 RE8703 1st speed of HVAC SCH07
9 RE8704 2nd speed of HVAC SCH07
10 RE8705 3rd speed of HVAC SCH07
11 RE8706 4th speed of HVAC SCH07

12 RE8701 HVAC power SCH08
13 RE3611 Horn SCH10
14 RE3701 Quickfit relay 1 SCH14
15 RE3702 Quickfit relay 2 SCH14
16 RE4206 X3/quickfit safety relay SCH14
Connectors list, motor

1 MO3301 Starter SCH01, SCH03
2 MO8703 Actuator, intake SCH07
3 MO8704 Actuator, face SCH07
4 MO8705 Actuator, foot, right SCH07
5 MO8706 Actuator, foot, left SCH07
6 MO8707 Actuator, air mix SCH07
7 MO8701 Blower SCH07
8 MO8708 Diesel heater water pump SCH08
9 MO8709 Diesel heater fuel pump SCH08
10 MO3601 Washer pump SCH11
11 MO3602 Wiper motor, upper SCH11

12 MO3603 Wiper motor, lower SCH11
13 MO8501 Air suspension motor SCH12
14 MO2302 Fuel filler pump SCH16
15 MO3202 Fuel filler pump (35 L) SCH16
16 MO9901 Automatic greasing SCH17
Connectors list, miscellaneous

1 SA3901 Speaker, left SCH09
2 SA3902 Speaker, right SCH09
3 PO3905 Socket for Contronic SCH02
4 IM3811 Coolant temperature gauge SCH04
5 IM3803 Fuel level gauge SCH04
6 R9101 Manual resister 1 SCH06
7 PWM9101 Pump proportional valve SCH06
8 PWM9103 Oil cooler proportional valve SCH06
9 DI8701 Diode, blower motor SCH07
10 ANT3901 Antenna SCH09
11 CRR3901 Cassette radio SCH09

12 SO3901 DC-DC converter
13 PO3901 12 V Power socket SCH09
14 PWM9109 X1 flow proportional valve SCH13
15 PWM2303 Actuator, MPROP common rail SCH03
16 PWM9107 X1 flow control proportional valve, left (option, SCH13
EC240B only)
17 PWM9108 X1 flow control proportional valve, right (option, SCH13
EC240B only)
18 PWM9105 X3 flow control proportional valve, left (option, SCH14
EC240B only)
19 PWM9106 X3 flow control proportional valve, right (option, SCH14
EC240B only)
Service Information

Ground connections 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Ground connections
Chassis connection
Designation Location
31GF1 Superstructure
31GE1 Engine
31GE2 Engine
31GC1 Cab
Service Information

Wiring diagram 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram
Components list
No. Description Wiring diagram

1 Power feeding SCH01
2 ECU power and control system SCH02
3 Starting and engine speed control SCH03
4 Engine injectors SCH03-1
5 Warning and sensor SCH04
6 Work light SCH05
7 Machine control SCH06
8 HVAC (electronic climate switch & SCH07
controller)
9 Auxiliary heater SCH08
10 Cassette radio SCH09
11 Horn and alarm SCH10
12 Wiper and washer SCH11
13 Seat heater, beacon and room light SCH12
14 X1 control and thumb SCH13
15 X3 control/quickfit SCH14
16 Boom float SCH15
17 Fuel filler pump SCH16
18 Automatic greasing control unit SCH17
Service Information

Wiring diagram SCH01_T3 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram SCH01_T3

Power feeding
Figure 1
BA3101 Battery 1, (12 V, 200 A) SW3301 Start switch
BA3102 Battery 2, (12 V, 200 A) RE3301 Start relay
FC01 Fuse, air heater (140 A) RE3101 Main relay 1
FC02 Fuse, main (80 A) RE3202 Main relay 2
FU24 Fuse, start switch MO3301 Starter motor
SW3101 Battery disconnect switch AL3201 Alternator
RE3201 Resister
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

ECU power and control system
Figure 1
SW2704 Emergency engine speed control & stop V-CEU Vehicle control unit
switch
PO3905 Socket for contronic E-ECU Engine control unit
SW9103 Automatic/Manual switch I-ECU Instrumental control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Engine speed control system with EMS2
Figure 1
HE2301 Water separate heater (option) HE2501 Preheater
SW2301 Water separate switch (option) MO3301 Starter motor
SW3301 Starter switch MA2504 Internal exhausted gas recirculation
SW2701 Engine speed control switch SW9118 Safety lever switch
SW2703 Automatic idling switch MA9108 Safety solenoid valve
SW2704 Emergency switch SE2701 Engine speed sensor - crank
RE2501 Preheater relay SE2703 Engine speed sensor - cam shaft
RE3301 Starter relay
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

SCH03-1_T3
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram SCH03-1_T3

Engine injectors
Figure 1

MA2301 Injector 1 MA2304 Injector 4
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Warning and sensor
Figure 1

IM3811 Coolant temperature gauge SE9105 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
IM3803 Fuel level gauge SE2302 Water in fuel level sensor
LC3803 Central warning indicator light SE2603 Coolant level sensor
LC3201 Charge indicator light SE2205 Engine oil level sensor
LC2201 Engine oil pressure indicator light SE2202 Engine oil temperature sensor
LC2501 Air filter clogging indicator light SE2606 Coolant temperature sensor
LC2502 Preheating indicator light SE2203 Engine oil pressure sensor
LC2601 Engine high temperature indicator light SE2301 Fuel pressure sensor
LC2602 Coolant low level indicator SE2501 Ambient temperature sensor
LC9155 Hydraulic oil temperature indicator light SE2502 Air filter clogging sensor
LC9401 Overload indicator light SE2508 Boost air pressure sensor
SE2303 Fuel level sensor SE2507 Boost air temperature sensor
SE9401 Overload pressure sensor (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Work Lights
Figure 1
SW3504 Work light switch, standard LA3530 Work light, right 2
SW3505 Work light switch, extra LA3514 Work light, cab rear
LA3512 Work light, superstructure, left LA3515 Work light, counterweight
LA3513 Work light, superstructure, right LA3521 Work light, cab front, left
LA3527 Work light, boom, left 1 LA3522 Work light, cab front, right
LA3528 Work light, boom, right 1 RE3503 Relay, work lights
LA3529 Work light, boom, left 2 RE3501 Relay, extra lights
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Machine control
Figure 1
SE9111 Pilot pressure sensor MA9107 Boost
SW9110 Power maximum mode switch MA9108 Safety solenoid valve
SW4202 High travel speed switch SW9118 Safety lever switch
SW9103 Pump manual switch PWM9101 Pump proportional valve
MA4220 Travel motor R9101 Manual resister 1
MA9105 Conflux cutoff SE9105 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
SW9401 Overload selection switch (option) PWM9103 Oil cooler proportional valve
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

HVAC (option)
Figure 1
CU8701 Electronic climate switch & controller MO8707 Actuator, air mix
SE8702 Temperature sensor, refrigerant MO8701 Blower motor
SE8705 Temperature sensor, ambient DI8701 Diode, blower motor
SE8706 Recirculation air temperature sensor, cabin MA8702 Compressor clutch
SE8707 Temperature sensor, water RE8702 Relay, compressor
SE8701 High/low pressure switch RE8703 Relay, 1st speed
MO8703 Actuator, intake RE8704 Relay, 2nd speed
MO8704 Actuator, face RE8705 Relay, 3rd speed
MO8705 Actuator, foot, right RE8706 Relay, 4th speed
MO8706 Actuator, foot, right
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Auxiliary heater (option)
Figure 1

RE8701 Relay, HVAC power MO8708 Water pump, diesel heater
CU8702 Timer, diesel heater MO8709 Fuel pump, diesel heater
HE8701 Diesel heater unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Cassette radio
Figure 1

CRR3901 Cassette radio (option) SW3901 Mute switch (option)
SO3901 DC-DC converter 1 SA3901 Speaker, left
SO3902 DC-DC converter 2 SA3902 Speaker, right
ANT3901 Antenna PO3901 12 V power socket
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Horn and alarm
Figure 1

RE3611 Relay, horn SW4203 Travel alarm stop switch (option)
SW3609 Horn switch, left control lever SA4201 Travel alarm
SW3610 Horn switch, right control lever RE4201 Relay, travel alarm
SA3602 Horn SE4216 Travel pilot pressure sensor
SA3603 Horn
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Wiper and washer
Figure 1

SW3602 Wiper switch, upper SE3603 Limit switch, lower (option)
SW3603 Wiper switch, lower (option) MO3601 Washer pump
SW3608 Washer switch MO3602 Wiper motor, upper
CU3601 Wiper motor controller MO3603 Wiper motor, lower (option)
SE3602 Limit switch, upper
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Seat heater, beacon and room light
Figure 1

SW8501 Seat heater switch (option) HE3801 Cigarette lighter
SW8502 Air suspension switch (option) LA3601 Beacon light (option)
SW3607 Beacon light switch (option) SW3503 Room light switch
HE8501 Seat heater (option) LA3501 Room light
MO8501 Air suspension motor (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

X1 control and thumb bucket
Figure 1

LC9153 Boost selection indicator light SW9108 Boost/hammer selection switch
LC9156 Hammer selection indicator light MA9107 Boost solenoid valve
LC9157 Shear selection indicator light PWM9108 X1 control PPV RH (option, EC240B only)
SE9112 X1 pressure sensor MA9117 X1 hammer selection solenoid valve
SW9107 Shear/hammer selection switch MA9118 X1 shear selection solenoid valve
SW9163 Thumb bucket-out switch (option) MA9116 X1 2 pump flow selection solenoid valve (option)
SW9164 Thumb bucket-in switch (option) MA9104 Hammer/thumb bucket-out solenoid valve (option)
SW9162 X1 flow proportional switch (option, MA9119 Thumb bucket-in solenoid valve (option)
EC240B only)
PWM9109 X1 flow proportional valve SW9112 2 pump flow selection switch (option)
PWM9107 X1 flow control PPV LH (option, EC240B
only)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

X1 control and thumb bucket
Figure 1

LC9153 Boost selection indicator light SW9108 Boost/hammer selection switch
LC9156 Hammer selection indicator light MA9107 Boost solenoid valve
LC9157 Shear selection indicator light PWM9108 X1 control PPV RH (option, EC240B only)
SE9112 X1 pressure sensor MA9117 X1 hammer selection solenoid valve
SW9107 Shear/hammer selection switch MA9118 X1 shear selection solenoid valve
SW9163 Thumb bucket-out switch (option) MA9116 X1 2 pump flow selection solenoid valve (option)
SW9164 Thumb bucket-in switch (option) MA9104 Hammer/thumb bucket-out solenoid valve (option)
SW9162 X1 flow proportional switch (option, MA9119 Thumb bucket-in solenoid valve (option)
EC240B only)
PWM9109 X1 flow proportional valve SW9112 2 pump flow selection switch (option)
PWM9107 X1 flow control PPV LH (option, EC240B
only)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

X3 control /quickfit (option)
Figure 1
Wiring diagram SCH14 (EC240B only)

RE4206 Relay, X3/quickfit safety SW9405 X3 left switch
SW9104 Quickfit switch 1 SW9406 X3 right switch
SW9105 Quickfit switch 2 MA9110 X3 left solenoid valve
SW9160 Buzzer stop & confirmation switch MA9111 X3 right solenoid valve
RE3701 Relay, quickfit 1 SW9161 X3 proportional switch (option)
RE3702 Relay, quickfit 2 PWM9105 X3 proportional valve, left (option)
MA9109 Quickfit solenoid valve PWM9106 X3 proportional valve, right (option)
Figure 2
Component position (EC240B)
Figure 3
Wiring diagram SCH14 (EC290B)

RE4206 Relay, X3/quickfit safety MA9109 Quickfit solenoid valve
SW9104 Quickfit switch 1 SW9405 X3 left switch
SW9105 Quickfit switch 2 SW9406 X3 right switch
SW9160 Buzzer stop & confirmation switch MA9110 X3 left solenoid valve
RE3701 Relay, quickfit 1 MA9111 X3 right solenoid valve
RE3702 Relay, quickfit 2
Figure 4
component position (EC290B)
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Boom float
Figure 1

SW9158 Boom float switch MA9120 Boom float solenoid valve
SE9140 Boom float pressure sensor
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Fuel filler pump
Figure 1

MO2302 Fuel filler pump (50 L) SE2303 Fuel filler pump level sensor
SW2302 Fuel filler pump start switch MO3202 Fuel filler pump ( 35 L)
SW2303 Fuel filler pump stop switch SW3204 Fuel filler pump switch (35 L)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Automatic greasing control unit
Figure 1

CU9901 Automatic greasing control unit MO9901 Automatic greasing pump
LC9911 Automatic greasing indicator light
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

CareTrack system
Figure 1

WECU Wireless control unit (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Component list, Heating 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
coils
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Heating coils

HE2301 Fuel heater (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
HE2501 Air pre-heater 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
HE3801 Cigarette lighter 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
HE8501 Element, seat heater (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
HE8701 Diesel coolant heater (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
Service Information

Component list, Lights 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Lights

LA3501 Interior light 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
LA3512 Work light, superstructure left-hand 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3513 Work light, superstructure right-hand 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3514 Work light , cab rear (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3515 Work light , counterweight (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3527 Work light, boom, left-hand 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3528 Work light, boom, right-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3521 Work light, cab front, left-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3522 Work light, cab front, right-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
LA3601 Rotating warning beacon light (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
Service Information

Component list: Control 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
lights/warning lights
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list: Control lights/warning lights

IM3803 Fuel level gauge 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
IM3811 Coolant temperature gauge 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
IM3812 Hour meter 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC2201 Low oil pressure, Engine oil indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC2501 Clogged air filter indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC2502 Preheating indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC2601 Engine temperature high indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC2602 Coolant level low indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC3201 Battery charge indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC3803 Central warning indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
LC9153 Boost selection indicator light 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
LC9156 Hammer selection indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
LC9157 Shear selection indicator 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
Service Information

Component list, Solenoid 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
valves
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Solenoid valves

Connectors list, solenoid valve

MA2301 Injector 1 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
MA2504 Internal exhausted gas recirculation (T3 only) 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
MA2602 Reversible fan control solenoid 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
MA4212 Travel motor 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
MA8701 Compressor for air conditioner (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
MA9103 X1 solenoid, left-hand / Thumb-out 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
MA9104 X1 (Hammer), right-hand / Thumb-out (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
MA9105 Conflux cutoff 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
MA9107 Boost solenoid valve 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
MA9108 Control lockout solenoid 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
MA9109 Quick fit solenoid 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
MA9110 X3 solenoid, left-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
MA9111 X3 solenoid, right-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
MA9116 X1 2 pumps selection solenoid 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
MA9117 X1 hammer selection solenoid 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
MA9118 X1 shear selection solenoid 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
MA9120 Boom float position solenoid (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH17
PWM2303 Actuator-MPROP common rail PPV 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
PWM9101 Pump proportional valve 1 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
PWM9103 Hydraulic oil fan motor proportional valve 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
PWM9109 X1 flow control proportional valve 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
Service Information

Component list, Motors 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Motors

MO2302 Fuel refilling pump (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH18
MO3301 Starter 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
MO3601 Washer pump 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
MO3602 Wiper motor, upper 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
MO3603 Wiper motor, lower (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
MO8501 Air suspension (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
MO8701 HVAC cooling fan motor (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
MO8703 Actuator, intake (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
MO8704 Actuator, face (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
MO8705 Actuator, foot, right-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
MO8706 Actuator, foot, left-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
MO8707 Actuator, air mix (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
MO8708 Diesel heater water pump (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
MO8709 Diesel heater fuel pump (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
Service Information

Component list, Relays 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Relays

RE2501 Pre-heater 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
RE3101 Battery relay 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
RE3301 Starter 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
RE3302 Starter motor power relay 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
RE3501 Working lights, front 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
RE3502 Working lights, rear (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
RE3611 Horn 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
RE3701 Spare relay 1 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
RE3702 Spare relay 2 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
RE4201 Relay, travel alarm (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
RE8701 Diesel heater (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
RE8702 Relay, compressor (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
RE8703 Relay, 1st speed (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
RE8704 Relay, 2nd speed (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
RE8705 Relay, 3rd speed (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
RE8706 Relay, 4th speed (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
RE9104 Quick fit 1 (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
RE9105 Quick fit 2 (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
RE9106 X3 / Quick fit safety (rotator) (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
Service Information

Component list, Sensors 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Sensors

SE2202 Engine oil temperature 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
SE2203 Engine oil pressure 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2205 Engine oil level 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2301 Fuel pressure 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2302 Water in fuel 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2303 Fuel level 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2309 Common rail fuel pressure 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2501 Ambient air temperature 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2502 Air filter monitor 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2304 Fuel refilling pump level 370 Wiring diagram SCH18
SE2507 Charged air temperature 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2508 charged air pressure 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2603 Coolant level 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2606 Engine coolant temperature 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE2701 Engine speed - crank 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
SE2703 Engine speed - cam shaft 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
SE3602 Wiper limit switch, upper 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
SE3603 Wiper limit switch, lower (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
SE4306 Pressure sensor, 2nd speed travel 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SE8301 Door switch 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
SE8701 Air conditioner refrigerant pressure monitor (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
SE8702 Temperature, refrigerant (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
SE8705 Temperature, ambient (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
SE8706 Recirculation air temperature, cab (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
SE8707 Water temperature sensor (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
SE9111 Pilot pressure 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
SE9112 X1 pressure sensor 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SE9140 Boom float position (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH17
SE9141 Pattern changer, Position, ISO type 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE9142 Pattern changer, Position, Backhoe type 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SE9151 Travel pilot pressure sensor 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
SE9401 Overload pressure monitor 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
Service Information

Component list, Switches 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Switches

SW2301 Fuel heater (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
SW2302 Fuel refilling pump start 370 Wiring diagram SCH18
SW2303 Fuel refilling pump stop 370 Wiring diagram SCH18
SW2304 Fuel refilling pump (toggle) (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH18
SW2701 Engine speed control 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
SW2703 Auto idling switch 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
SW2704 Limp home 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
SW3101 Battery disconnect 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
SW3301 Start 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
SW3503 Room interior light 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
SW3504 Work light, standard 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
SW3505 Work light, extra (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
SW3602 Wiper, upper 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
SW3603 Wiper, lower (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
SW3607 Beacon light (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
SW3608 Washer, upper 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
SW3609 Horn switch, control lever, left-hand 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SW3610 Horn switch, control lever, right-hand 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SW3613 Washer, lower 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
SW3901 Mute switch (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SW3902 Cassette remote control switch 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SW4202 Travel speed 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
SW8501 Seat heater (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
SW8502 Air suspension (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
SW9103 Automatic/manual pump control 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
SW9104 Quick fit switch 1 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
SW9105 Quick fit switch 2 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
SW9107 Shear/hammer selection 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SW9108 Boost/hammer 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SW9110 Power maximum mode 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
SW9112 2 pump selection (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SW9118 Control lockout lever 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
SW9158 Boom float (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH17
SW9159 Hammer foot 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SW9160 Quick fit buzz stop/confirmation 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
SW9161 X3 proportional 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
SW9162 X1 proportional 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SW9163 X1 switch, left-hand / Thumb-in (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SW9164 X1 switch, right-hand / Thumb-out (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SW9401 Overload selection switch on keypad 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SW9405 X3 switch, left-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
SW9406 X3 switch, right-hand (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
Service Information

Component list, Fuses 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Fuses

Circuit breaker
Breaker Capacity Designation Wiring diagram
FC01 140 A Pre-heater 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
FC02 80 A Main 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
FC03 30 A B+ fuse 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
FC04 30 A Fuel pump 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
Fuses in distribution box

Fuse Capacity Designation Wiring diagram
FU01 10 A I-ECU 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
FU02 10 A Headlights (deck) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
FU03 15 A Work lights (boom) –
FU04 10 A Boom lihgt 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
FU06 10 A Cigarette lighter 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
FU07 10 A Horn 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
FU08 15 A Air conditioner 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
FU09 10 A Extra work lamp (cab rear and c/w) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
FU10 15 A Extra work light (cab front) 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
FU11 10 A Rotating warning beacon 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
FU12 5A Safety solenoid valve 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
FU13 10 A V-ECU 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
FU15 15 A E-ECU 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
FU16 10 A Start switch 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
FU17 5A Cab interior light 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
FU19 15 A Auxiliary heater 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
FU21 15 A Fuel filler pump 370 Wiring diagram SCH18
FU22 5A HVAC Blower motor 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
FU23 5A Audio 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
FU24 5A 12V Power socket 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
FU25 10 A X-1 Flow control valve 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
FU26 15 A Seat heat & air suspension seat 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
FU27 10 A Hammer, boost, shear solenoid valve 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
FU28 10 A Quickfit, rotator control valve 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
FU29 15 A Travel alarm, water separate heater 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
FU30 10 A Auto lubricating –
Service Information

Component list, 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
Miscellaneous
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Component list, Miscellaneous

ANT3901 Antenna 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
CR3901 Radio/CD player 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
DI8701 Diode, blow motor 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
PC3601 Socket for VCADS pro 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
PO3901 12V power socket 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
PO3905 Socket for contronic 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
R9101 Manual resister 1 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
SA3602 Horn 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SA3603 Horn 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SA3901 Speaker, left-hand 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SA3902 Speaker, right-hand 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SA4201 Reversing alarm (option) 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SO3901 Voltage converter, radio 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SO3902 Voltage converter 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
Service Information

Grounding points (frame 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
connections)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Grounding points (frame connections)
Figure 1
Position of grounding points
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Wiring diagram
SCH01 Power feeding, Alternator, Battery 370 Wiring diagram SCH01
SCH02 ECU power and communication 370 Wiring diagram SCH02
SCH03 Starting and engine speed control 370 Wiring diagram SCH03
SCH04 Warning and sensor 370 Wiring diagram SCH04
SCH07 Work light 370 Wiring diagram SCH07
SCH08 Machine control 370 Wiring diagram SCH08
SCH10 Electric climate control unit 370 Wiring diagram SCH10
SCH11 Diesel coolant heater 370 Wiring diagram SCH11
SCH12 Audio and horn 370 Wiring diagram SCH12
SCH13 Wiper and washer 370 Wiring diagram SCH13
SCH14 Seat heater, Beacon light, Cab interior light 370 Wiring diagram SCH14
SCH15 X1 control 370 Wiring diagram SCH15
SCH16 X3 and quick-fit 370 Wiring diagram SCH16
SCH17 Boom float 370 Wiring diagram SCH17
SCH18 Fuel refilling pump 370 Wiring diagram SCH18

Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Power feeding
Figure 1

BA3101 Battery 1, (12 V, 200 AH) AL3201 Alternator
BA3102 Battery 2, (12 V, 200 AH) RE3101 Battery relay
FC01 Fuse, pre-heater (150 A) SW3301 Starter switch
FC02 Fuse, main (80 A) RE3301 Starter
FC03 Fuse, B+ MO3301 Starter motor
FC04 Fuse, Fuel pump FU16 Fuse, Start switch
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Power feeding
Figure 1

BA3101 Battery 1, (12 V, 200 AH) AL3201 Alternator
BA3102 Battery 2, (12 V, 200 AH) RE3101 Battery relay
FC01 Fuse, pre-heater (150 A) SW3301 Starter switch
FC02 Fuse, main (80 A) RE3301 Starter
FC03 Fuse, B+ MO3301 Starter motor
FC04 Fuse, Fuel pump FU16 Fuse, Start switch
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Power feeding
Figure 1

BA3101 Battery 1 FU16 Start switch fuse
BA3102 Battery 2 SW3301 Starter switch
SW3101 Battery disconnection switch RE3301 Start relay
FC01 Pre-heater fuse RE3101 Battery relay
FC02 Main fuse MO3301 Starter motor
FC03 B+ fuse AL3201 Alternator
FC04 Fuel pump fuse DI3201 Diode
FC05 Diesel heater and audio fuse R3201 Resistor
SW3101 Battery disconnection switch CNGPS GPS control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

ECU power and communication
Figure 1

SW9103 Automatic/manual pump control switch I-ECU Instrument control unit
SW2704 Limp home switch V-ECU Vehicle control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

ECU power and communication
Figure 1

SW9103 Automatic/manual pump control switch I-ECU Instrument control unit
SW2704 Limp home switch V-ECU Vehicle control unit
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Starting and Engine speed control system
Figure 1

HE2301 Fuel heater (option) SE2701 Engine speed sensor-crank
SW2301 Fuel heater switch (option) SE2703 Engine speed sensor-cam shaft
SW3301 Start switch MA2504 Internal exhausted gas recirculation (T3
only)
SW2701 Engine speed control switch PWM2303 Actuator-MPROP common rail PPV
SW2703 Auto idling switch MA2301 Injector 1
SW2704 Limp home switch MA2302 Injector 2
RE2501 Air pre-heater relay MA2303 Injector 3
RE3301 Starter relay MA2304 Injector 4
SW9118 Control lockout lever switch MA2305 Injector 5
HE2501 Air pre-heater MA2306 Injector 6
MO3301 Starter motor MA9108 Control lockout solenoid
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Starting and Engine speed control system
Figure 1

HE2301 Fuel heater (option) SE2701 Engine speed sensor-crank
SW2301 Fuel heater switch (option) SE2703 Engine speed sensor-cam shaft
SW3301 Start switch MA2504 Internal exhausted gas recirculation (T3
only)
SW2701 Engine speed control switch PWM2303 Actuator-MPROP common rail PPV
SW2703 Auto idling switch MA2301 Injector 1
SW2704 Limp home switch MA2302 Injector 2
RE2501 Air pre-heater relay MA2303 Injector 3
RE3301 Start relay MA2304 Injector 4
SW9118 Control lockout lever MA2305 Injector 5
HE2501 Air pre-heater MA2306 Injector 6
MO3301 Starter motor MA9108 Control lockout solenoid
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Warning and sensor
Figure 1

IM3811 Coolant temperature gauge IM3812 Hour meter
IM3803 Fuel level gauge HE2501 Element, preheating
LC3803 Central warning indicator SE2302 Water in fuel switch
LC3201 Battery charge indicator SE2603 Coolant level switch
LC2201 Low oil pressure, engine oil indicator SE2606 Coolant temperature sensor
LC2501 Clogged air filter indicator SE2203 Engine oil pressure sensor
LC2502 Preheating indicator SE2301 Fuel pressure sensor
LC2601 Engine temperature high indicator SE2507 Charged air temperature sensor
LC2602 Coolant level low indicator SE2508 Charged air pressure sensor
LC9911 Automatic lubricating pilot indicator SE2205 Engine oil level sensor
SE2303 Fuel level sensor SE2202 Engine oil temperature sensor
SE2309 Common rail pressure sensor SE2502 Air filter monitor
SE2501 Ambient air temperature sensor
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Warning and sensor
Figure 1

IM3811 Coolant temperature gauge IM3812 Hour meter
IM3803 Fuel level gauge HE2501 Element, preheating
LC3803 Central warning indicator SE2302 Water in fuel switch
LC3201 Battery charge indicator SE2603 Coolant level switch
LC2201 Low oil pressure, engine oil indicator SE2606 Coolant temperature sensor
LC2501 Clogged air filter indicator SE2203 Engine oil pressure sensor
LC2502 Preheating indicator SE2301 Fuel pressure sensor
LC2601 Engine temperature high indicator SE2507 Charged air temperature sensor
LC2602 Coolant level low indicator SE2508 Charged air pressure sensor
LC9911 Automatic lubricating pilot indicator SE2205 Engine oil level sensor
SE2303 Fuel level sensor SE2202 Engine oil temperature sensor
SE2309 Common rail pressure sensor SE2502 Air filter monitor
SE2501 Ambient air temperature sensor SE9401 Over load pressure switch (option)
SW9401 Over load selection switch (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Work lights
Figure 1

SW3504 Work light switch, standard LA3528 Work light , boom , right-hand (option)
SW3505 Work light switch, extra (option) LA3521 Extra Work light, cab front, left-hand
(option)
LA3512 Work light, superstructure , left-hand LA3522 Extra Work light, cab front, right-hand
(option)
LA3513 Work light, superstructure, right-hand LA3514 Extra Work light, cab rear (option)
LA3527 Work light, boom, left-hand LA3515 Extra Work light, counterweight (option)
RE3501 Working lights, boom RE3502 Working lights, front (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Work lights
Figure 1

SW3504 Work light switch, standard LA3528 Work light , boom , right-hand (option)
SW3505 Work light switch, extra (option) LA3521 Extra Work light, cab front, left-hand
(option)
LA3512 Work light, superstructure , left-hand LA3522 Extra Work light, cab front, right-hand
(option)
LA3513 Work light, superstructure, right-hand LA3514 Extra Work light, cab rear (option)
LA3527 Work light, boom, left-hand LA3515 Extra Work light, counterweight (option)
RE3501 Working lights, boom RE3502 Working lights, front (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Machine control
Figure 1

SE9111 Pilot pressure sensor MA9107 Boost solenoid
SW9110 Power maximum mode switch MA9108 Control lockout solenoid
SW4202 Travel speed switch SW9118 Control lockout lever switch
SW9103 Automatic / manual Pump control switch PWM9101 Pump proportional valve
SW2703 Auto idling switch R9101 Manual resister 1
MA4212 Travel motor MA9105 Conflux cutoff solenoid
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Electronic climate controller
Figure 1

ECC Electronic climate control unit MO8703 Actuator, intake (option)
CU8701 Electronic climate switch & controller (option) MO8704 Actuator, face (option)
SE8705 Ambient temperature sensor (option) MO8705 Actuator, foot, right-hand (option)
SE8706 Recirculation air temperature sensor, cab MO8706 Actuator, foot, left-hand (option)
(option)
SE8702 Refrigerant temperature sensor (option) MO8707 Actuator, air mix (option)
SE8707 Water temperature sensor (option) MO8701 HVAC cooling fan motor (option)
SE8701 Air conditioner refrigerant pressure monitor MA8701 Compressor for air conditioner (option)
(option)
DI8701 Diode, blower motor (option) RE8704 Relay, 2nd speed (option)
RE8702 Relay, compressor (option) RE8705 Relay, 3rd speed (option)
RE8703 Relay, 1st speed (option) RE8706 Relay, 4th speed (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Electronic climate controller
Figure 1

ECC Electronic climate control unit MO8703 Actuator, intake (option)
CU8701 Electronic climate switch & controller (option) MO8704 Actuator, face (option)
SE8705 Ambient temperature sensor (option) MO8705 Actuator, foot, right-hand (option)
SE8706 Recirculation air temperature sensor, cab MO8706 Actuator, foot, left-hand (option)
(option)
SE8702 Refrigerant temperature sensor (option) MO8707 Actuator, air mix (option)
SE8707 Water temperature sensor (option) MO8701 HVAC cooling fan motor (option)
SE8701 Air conditioner refrigerant pressure monitor MA8701 Compressor for air conditioner (option)
(option)
DI8701 Diode, blower motor (option) RE8704 Relay, 2nd speed (option)
RE8702 Relay, compressor (option) RE8705 Relay, 3rd speed (option)
RE8703 Relay, 1st speed (option) RE8706 Relay, 4th speed (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Diesel coolant heater
Figure 1

RE8701 Diesel heater (option) MO8708 Diesel heater water pump (option)
CU8702 Time control unit for Diesel heater (option) MO8709 Diesel heater fuel feeding pump (option)
HE8701 Diesel coolant heater (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Diesel coolant heater
Figure 1

RE8701 Diesel heater (option) MO8708 Diesel heater water pump (option)
CU8702 Time control unit for Diesel heater (option) MO8709 Diesel heater fuel feeding pump (option)
HE8701 Diesel coolant heater (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Audio, horn and alarm
Figure 1

SO3901 Voltage converter, radio RE3611 Horn relay
CR3901 Radio/CD player (option) SW3609 Horn switch, control lever, left-hand
ANT3901 Antenna SW3610 Horn switch, control lever, right-hand
SW3901 Mute switch (option) SA3602 Horn 1
SA3901 Speaker, left-hand SA3603 Horn 2
SA3902 Speaker, right-hand SW4203 Travel alarm stop (option)
PO3901 12V power socket SA4201 Reversing alarm (option)
SO3902 Voltage converter
SE4306 Pressure sensor, 2nd speed travel RE4201 Relay, travel alarm (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Audio, horn and alarm
Figure 1

SO3901 Voltage converter, radio RE3611 Horn relay
CR3901 Radio/CD player (option) SW3609 Horn switch, control lever, left-hand
ANT3901 Antenna SW3610 Horn switch, control lever, right-hand (N/A)
SW3901 Mute switch (option) SA3602 Horn 1
SA3901 Speaker, left-hand SA3603 Horn 2
SA3902 Speaker, right-hand SW4203 Travel alarm stop (option)
PO3901 12V power socket SA4201 Travel alarm (option)
SE4306 Pressure sensor, 2nd speed travel SO3902 Voltage converter
RE4201 Relay, travel alarm (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Wiper and washer
Figure 1

SW3602 Wiper switch, upper SE3603 Limit switch, lower (option)
SW3603 Wiper switch, lower (option) MO3601 Washer pump
SW3608 Washer switch, upper MO3602 Wiper motor, upper
CU3601 Wiper motor controller MO3603 Wiper motor, lower (option)
SE3602 Limit switch, upper
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Seat heater, beacon light, and room light
Figure 1

SW8501 Seat heater switch (option) HE3801 Cigarette lighter (28VDC)
SW8502 Air suspension switch (option) LA3601 Rotating warning beacon light (option)
SW3607 Beacon light switch (option) SW3503 Room interior light switch
HE8501 Element, seat heater (option) LA3501 Interior light
MO8501 Air suspension motor (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

X1 control
Figure 1

LC9153 Boost selection indicator light MA9107 Boost solenoid valve
LC9156 Hammer selection indicator MA9117 X1 hammer selection solenoid
LC9157 Shear selection indicator MA9118 X1 shear selection solenoid
SW9107 Shear/hammer selection switch MA9116 X1 2 pumps selection solenoid (option)
SW9163 X1 switch, left-hand / Thumb-in (option) MA9103 X1 solenoid, left-hand / Thumb-out
SW9164 X1 switch, right-hand / Thumb-out (option) MA9104 X1 (hammer) solenoid, right-hand / Thumb-
out (option)
SW9108 Boost/hammer switch SW9112 2 pump selection (option)
SE9112 X1 pressure sensor PWM9109 X1 flow control proportional valve
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

X3 and Quick fit
Figure 1

SW9405 X3 switch, left-hand (option) SW9104 Quick fit switch 1 (option)
SW9406 X3 switch, right-hand (option) SW9105 Quick fit switch 2 (option)
MA9109 Quick fit solenoid (option) SW9160 Quick fit buzz stop / confirmation (option)
MA9110 X3 solenoid, left-hand (option) RE9104 Quick fit 1 (option)
MA9111 X3 solenoid, right-hand (option) RE9105 Quick fit 2 (option)
RE9106 X3 / Quick fit safety (rotator) (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Boom float
Figure 1

SE9140 Boom float position switch (option) SW9158 Boom float switch (option)
MA9120 Boom float position solenoid (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Fuel refilling pump
Figure 1

MO2302 Fuel refilling pump (option) SW2304 Fuel refilling pump switch ( toggle) (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Automatic greasing control unit
Figure 1

CU9901 Automatic greasing control unit MO9901 Automatic greasing pump
LC9911 Automatic greasing indicator light
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

CareTrack system
Figure 1

WECU Wireless control unit (option)
Figure 2
Component position
Service Information

Waste handler, electrical 370 Service Information 2014/10/24
circuit
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Waste handler, electrical circuit
Figure 1
1. Battery disconnection relay
2. Emergency switch
3. Battery relay
4. Safety start relay
5. Alternator
6. DC-DC converter for 20A
7. Fan for air filtering system for cab
 BA3101 ~ 2: Battery
 SW3101: Master switch
 MO3301: Start motor
 AL3201: Alternator
Figure 2
1. Control panel for fire extinguisher system

2. Horn switch (SW3606)
3. Thermostat
4. Solenoid for agent
5. Manual actuation switch
6. Pressure switch on the agent cylinder
7. Horn relay (RE3604)
8. Horn (SA3602)
Service Information

circuit
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Fire suppression system
Figure 1
NOTE!
Sense wiring construction sequence: a→b→c→d→e→f
A (H-9) MCV room sense B (G-7) Center frame front sense

C (H-10) Engine room LH sense D (G-10) Engine room RH sense
E (E-10) Pump room sense F (F-13) Engine room rear sense
AA Detection circuit
1787 Leader assembly 1788 Detection circuit
1789 Detection circuit 1842 Detection circuit
2605 Wire harness 0018 Wire harness Waste Material Machines horn
1790 Detection circuit 5606 Cover assembly
Figure 2
1 Battery 2 Cab RH wire harness

3 Red 4 Yellow
6 Green
7 Green 8 Auto fire suppuration
9 Emergence switch in Cab 10 Detection circuit
11 Detection circuit 12 Emergence switch on RH
13 Emergence switch on LH 14 Tank
15 Horn switch
1787 Leader assembly 1788 Detection circuit
1789 Detection circuit 1842 Detection circuit
2605 Wire harness 0018 Wire harness Waste Material Machines horn
1790 Detection circuit 5606 Cover assembly
15 Detection circuit
Service Information

circuit
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]

Reverse fan system
Figure 1
A Main cable LH harness B Reverse fan cable

C Cab LH, ECU cable D Reverse fan switch
Reverse fan (SCH02) system and fire suppression (SCH01) system

Figure 2
A Special Application ECU B Select key

1 Control panel 2 Agent cylinder & valve
3 Thermostat 4 Horn
5 Horn switch 6 Horn relay
7 Green 8 Yellow
9 Green 10 White
11 Red
Service Information

Fuse, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fuse, description
Figure 1
Fuse box position
A: Fuse box
B: Fuse unit
 To conveniently locate and identify the fuse capacity of protecting individual circuit from overload.
NOTICE
Always install a fuse of the same type with the correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from
overload.
Fuse (blade-type) color codes
Amperage rating Color Amperage rating Color

3A Violet 15 A Light blue
4A Pink 20 A Yellow
5A Tan 25 A Natural (White)
7.5 A Brown 30 A Light green
10 A Red
Figure 2
Fuse box decal
Figure 3
Fuse box decal (I-ECU equipped)
Fuse box, continuity test

Fuse failure is often caused by a fine crack in the fuse, and this kind of crack is very hard to detect by visual inspection.
Checking fuse continuity with a tester is far superior to eye inspection.
Specifications
No. Capacity Appliance/circuit No. Capacity Appliance/circuit

F1 10 A Instrument F16 15 A Start switch
F2 10 A Headlights ( deck) F17 5A Cab room light
F3 20 A Work lights (boom) F18 10 A Radio and cassette
F4 10 A Wiper & washer F19 20 A Auxiliary heater
F5 - - F20 10 A Power outlet
F6 10 A Cigarette lighter F21 15 A Fuel filler pump
F7 10 A Horn F22 - -
F8 20 A Air conditioner F23 - -
F9 25 A Extra work lamp F24 5A Engine RPM manual control
F10 25 A Extra work light ( front) F25 10 A V-ECU
F11 10 A Rotating warning beacon F26 10 A Seat heat & air suspension seat
F12 15 A Safety solenoid valve F27 20 A Hammer, booster, shear solenoid valve
F13 10 A V-ECU F28 10 A Quickfit, rotator solenoid valve
F14 5A MDU F29 10 A Travel alarm
F15 20 A E-ECU F30 10 A Auto greasing
Specifications (I-ECU Equipped)

F1 10 A I-ECU ( Instrument control F16 15 A Start switch
unit)
F2 10 A Headlights ( deck) F17 5A Cab room light
F3 20 A Work lights (boom) F18 10 A Radio and cassette
F4 10 A Wiper & washer F19 20 A Auxiliary heater
F5 - - F20 10 A Power outlet
F6 10 A Cigarette lighter F21 15 A Fuel filler pump
F7 10 A Horn F22 - -
F8 20 A Air conditioner F23 - -
F9 25 A Extra work lamp F24 5A Engine RPM manual control
F10 25 A Extra work light ( front) F25 10 A V-ECU
F11 10 A Rotating warning beacon F26 10 A Seat heat & air suspension seat
F12 15 A Safety solenoid valve F27 20 A Hammer, booster, shear solenoid valve
F13 10 A V-ECU F28 10 A Quickfit, rotator solenoid valve
F14 5A Overload F29 10 A Travel alarm
F15 20 A E-ECU F30 10 A Auto greasing
Service Information

Fuse, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fuse, description
Figure 1
Specifications

FU01 10 A I-ECU FU16 10 A Start switch
FU02 10 A Headlights (deck) FU17 5A Cab room light
FU03 15 A Work lights (boom) FU18
FU04 10 A Wiper & washer FU19 15 A Auxiliary heater
FU5 - FU20
FU06 10 A Cigarette lighter FU21 15 A Fuel filler pump
FU07 10 A Horn FU22 5A Air conditioner compressor
FU08 15 A Air conditioner FU23 5A Audio
FU09 10 A Extra work lamp (c/w) FU24 5A 12V power outlet
FU10 15 A Extra work light (cab) FU25 10 A X1 flow control valve
FU11 10 A Rotating warning beacon FU26 10 A Seat heat & air suspension seat
FU12 5A Safety solenoid valve FU27 10 A Hammer, boost, shear solenoid valve
FU13 10 A V-ECU FU28 10 A Quickfit, rotator solenoid valve
FU14 FU29 15 A Travel alarm, water separate heater
FU15 15 A E-ECU
Service Information

Slow blow fuse, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Slow blow fuse, description

When large-capacity current flows, the slow blow fuse protects components allowing operation until the overload causes a
circuit disconnect, and when small capacity flows, it is fused slowly enough to solve the inconvenience of frequent fuse
replacement.
Figure 1
Slow blow fuse
Housing color codes
Amperage rating Color

20 A Light blue
30 A Pink
40 A Green
50 A Red
60 A Yellow
70 A Brown
80 A Black
100 A Blue
120 A Chestnut colored
140 A Crimson
Fuse exchange procedure
Op nbr 37291
Figure 2
Slow blow fuse
1. Release screw (9) fixing the fuse housing to the bracket (8).
2. Open cover (2) by pushing cover (3) and open (3) outside.
3. Open side cover (6, 7) using a screwdriver.

NOTE!
Check the opening end.
4. Remove fuse (1) by removing screw (4) from connector (5).
5. Install new fuse.
6. Assemble in the reverse order.

Service Information

Fuse box, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fuse box, description
Figure 1
Electrical distribution box
A: Relay
B: Fuse
C: Fuse unit
Figure 2
Converter and circuit break
1: Wiper control unit
2: Circuit break fuse (150 A)

3: Circuit break fuse (80 A)
4: Voltage converter
5: Preheater relay
 To conveniently locate and identify the fuse capacity of protecting individual circuit from overload.
NOTICE
Always install a fuse of the same type with the correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from
overload.
Fuse (blade-type) color codes
Amperage rating Color Amperage rating Color

3A Violet 15 A Light blue
4A Pink 20 A Yellow
5A Tan 25 A Natural (White)
7.5 A Brown 30 A Light green
10 A Red
Figure 3
Electrical distribution box, decal
Fuse box, continuity test

Fuse failure is often caused by a fine crack in the fuse, and this kind of crack is very hard to detect by visual inspection.
Checking fuse continuity with a tester is far superior to eye inspection.
Service Information

Fuse box, specifications Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fuse box, specifications

Specifications

RE4201 Relay Travel alarm FU16 10 A Cigarette lighter
RE3301 Relay Starter FU17 15 A Fuel filler pump
RE3611 Relay Horn FU18 10 A `Travel speed, boost, safety
RE3501 Relay light (Boom) FU19 10 A Rotating warning beacon
RE8701 Relay Air conditioner FU20 15 A Auxiliary heater
RE4206 Relay X3/Quickfit safety FU21 10 A X3 / Quickfit
RE3503 Relay Light (Cab) FU22 20 A E-ECU
RE3702 Relay Quickfit 1 FU23 20 A Spare
RE3701 Relay Quickfit 2 FU24 15 A Start switch / I-ECU
RE3102 Relay Main 1 FU25 20 A Radio/Cassette & Power outlet
RE3101 Relay Main 2 FU26 10 A X1 option / Boom float
FU01 15 A Horn FU27 15 A Seat heater & air suspension
heater
FU02 10 A Automatic greasing FU28 10 A Cab light
FU03 10 A Travel alarm FU29 15 A Automatic greasing
FU04 20 A Work light (Boom) FU30 10 A Spare
FU05 10 A Spare FU31 15 A Spare
FU06 FU32 15 A Spare
FU07 10 A V-ECU FU33 10 A Spare
FU08 15 A Work light (Cab) FU34 10 A Wiper & washer
FU09 15 A Water separator heater
FU10 10 A Spare
FU11 15 A I-ECU
FU12 15 A Air conditioner
FU13
FU14 10 A Work light (Extra)
FU15 10 Wok light ( Superstructure)
Service Information

Relay box, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Relay box, description
Figure 1
Relay box
RB1 Relay box 1 FU51 Slow blow fuse, 40 A
RE3301 Safety relay FU54 Slow blow fuse, 140 A
RE2501 Preheater relay MM3902 DC-DC converter
RE3101 Battery relay MM3903 Resistance box
FU50 Slow blow fuse, 40 A MM3601 Wiper controller
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Relay box
RE3301 Safety relay FU54 Slow blow fuse, 140 A
RE2501 Preheater relay MM3902 DC-DC converter
RE3101 Battery relay MM3903 Resistance box
FU50 Slow blow fuse, 40 A MM3601 Wiper controller
Service Information

Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Figure 1
Relay box
RB1 Relay box 1 SO3901 Voltage converter

RB2 Relay box 2 CU3601 Wiper controller
RE2501 Preheater relay RE3101 Battery relay
Service Information

Resistance box, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Resistance box, description

 The resistance of resistance box reduces the current to correspond to 85% of the rated engine output power for the
proportional solenoid valve when the auto/manual switch is in MANUAL status.
Figure 1
Resistance box
Service Information

Fuel level sensor, 386 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fuel level sensor, description

 This unit sends the resistance according to the level of the fuel in the fuel tank to the fuel level gauge on the
instrument panel.
 This sensor sends for information to instrument panel without communication with ECU.
See, 386 Fuel level sensor, specifications

NOTE!
If the post of the sender is bent when assembling, an accurate fuel amount can not be indicated by the float movement.
No. Wire specifications Signal

1 AVS 0.8 B Ground (GND)
2 AVS 0.85 YL Sender
3 Empty -
Service Information

Fuel level sensor, 386 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fuel level sensor, description

This unit sends the resistance according to the level of the fuel in the fuel tank to the fuel level gauge on the instrument
panel.
This sensor sends for information to instrument panel without communication with ECU.
See, 386 Fuel level sensor, specifications

NOTE!
If the post of the sensor is bent when assembling, an accurate fuel amount can not be indicated by the float movement.
Figure 1
Fuel level sensor
1. Ground, SB
2. Signal, BL
3. Empty
Service Information

Fuel/Coolant temperature 386 Service Information 2014/10/24
sensor, description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Fuel/Coolant temperature sensor, description
Figure 1
Coolant/fuel temperature sensor
The coolant is also supplied to the engine integrated oil cooler. Thus the coolant temperature sensor indirectly monitors the
engine oil temperature at the same time so that usually separate engine oil temperature sensor will not be necessary.
The temperature sensor senses temperature by the resistance variation according to temperature changes within the
thermistor. The sensor provides information necessary to E-ECU.
Figure 2
Coolant temperature sensor location, engine flywheel side view
1. Coolant temperature sensor
As the fuel temperature increases, the engine performance drops. This is due to the fact that the thickness of the fuel
decreases, and there is an increase in leakage losses in the injection pumps. This sensor monitors the fuel temperature, and
E-ECU will make a corresponding control adjustment to compensate the fuel amount.
Figure 3
Fuel temperature sensor location, injection pump side view
1. Fuel temperature sensor

Service Information

Engine oil pressure sensor, 386 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Engine oil pressure sensor, description
Figure 1
Engine oil pressure sensor A
1. Supply voltage
2. Voltage output
3. Ground
4. Vent
5. M14 x 1,5
6. Hybrid
7. Case ground
8. Custom IC
9. Feed thru
10. 3500 pF (feed thru)
Figure 2
Engine oil pressure sensor B
1. SW27
2. M14 x 1,5
The oil pressure is monitored by a mounted oil pressure sensor which together with an indicator allows continuous pressure
display. The switching point of the oil pressure switch should be determined according to the minimum oil pressure curves
of the engine.
Figure 3
Engine oil pressure sensor, engine injection pump side view
1. Engine oil pressure sensor

Service Information

SE2507/2508 Boost air 386 Service Information 2014/10/24
pressure/temperature
sensor, description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
SE2507/2508 Boost air pressure/temperature sensor, description
Figure 1
Boost air pressure/temperature sensor
1. Ground
2. NTC
3. +5V
4. Output signal
Service Information

Control lockout lever 386 Service Information 2014/10/24
switch, description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Control lockout lever switch, description

When the safety bar is in the up position, the hydraulic system, swing and travel unit will work.
When the safety bar is in the down position, the servo pressure is cut off to functions, which are operated with control levers
and pedals.
Figure 1
Safety lever limit switch
1. Switch off (Safety lever down)

2. Switch off on (Safety lever raised)
N.O = Normally open
N.C = Normally closed
COM = Common
Service Information

Instrument panel, 387 Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Instrument panel, description

The instrument panel displays the information received from the sensors and switches of the machine to alert the operator
of any abnormality.
The instrument is adjustable for operator viewing angle and is illuminated for night work.
All light bulbs should be checked daily and replaced if burnt-out because the indicators alert the operator of a failure in the
machine.
The panel contains a coolant temperature gauge, fuel gauge, hour meter and alert indicators to show machine conditions.
The instrument panel utilizes a plug-in printed circuit board (PCB) to facilitate replacement and troubleshooting. If a failure is
suspected always check the plug-in connection.
Figure 1
Instrument panel
Connector A, B: connect between printed circuit board and wire harness of instrument panel
Connector C, D: connect between wire harness of instrument panel and instrument wire harness of machine
Instrument panel, electrical circuit

Figure 2
IM3803 Fuel level gauge LC3612 Not used LC6401 Not used
IM3811 Engine coolant temperature gauge LC3613 Not used LC6402 Not used
IM3812 Hour meter LC3801 Central warning lamp 1 LC8701 Not used
LC2201 Engine oil pressure warning lamp LC3802 Central warning lamp 2 LC9103 Hydraulic oil temperature
warning lamp
LC2501 Air cleaner clogging warning lamp LC3811 Illumination 1 LC9110 Hammer lamp
LC2502 Air preheating indication lamp LC3812 Illumination 2 LC9111 Shear lamp
LC2601 Engine coolant temperature LC3813 Boom float lamp LC9201 Quickfit indication lamp
warning lamp (option)
LC2602 Engine coolant level warning lamp LC3814 Spare LC9401 Overload warning lamp
(option)
LC3201 Battery charge warning lamp LC5201 Not used LC9911 Automatic lubricating
lamp (option)
LC3501 Not used LC5211 Power boost lamp LC9912 Not used
LC3611 Not used LC5501 Not used
Instrument panel, checking

Before engine starting
 Before starting the engine, if you turn the start switch to the ON position all lamps are turned ON for 3 seconds. At
the same time the buzzer is operated 2 times with the cycle of 1.0 second ON and 1.0 second OFF.
 Check if all indicator lights come on, and if not, check for burnt-out light bulbs, and the plug–in connectors
(connector A, B) of the printed circuit board.
After engine starting
 Before start–up, the battery charge warning lamp and engine oil pressure warning lamp remain ON.
 Once the engine starts, the above indicators should go out.
 When the engine is run at very low speed, the battery charge warning lamp may remain ON. If this happens,
increase the engine speed, and check if the light goes off. If it remains ON, it is necessary to check the charging
system.
 If the engine oil pressure warning lamp remains ON for 2 –3 seconds after the engine is running, stop the engine
and check the engine lubricating system.
Wire connection
Connector number Wire specifications Connector number Wire specifications

From To From To
A16 C1 AVSS 0.5 BL A10 D1 AVSS 0.5 BN
A3 C2 ACSS 0.5 GN/BL B6 D2 AVSS 0.5 BL/W
A11 C3 AVSS 0.5 R/W B15 D3 AVSS 0.5 W/SB
B16 C4 AVSS 0.5 Y/R B1 D4 AVSS 0.5 BL
B10 C5 AVSS 0.5 Y/BL A6 D5 AVSS 0.5 Y/SB
– C6 – A5 D6 AVSS 0.5 GN/W
B2 C7 AVSS 0.5 Y A4 D7 AVSS 0.5 GN
B4 C8 AVSS 0.5 BL/GN – D8 –
B11 C9 AVSS 0.5 BN A2 D9 AVSS 0.5 BL/R
B3 C10 AVSS 0.5 Y/W A1 D10 AVSS 0.5 Y/GN
B8 C11 AVSS 0.5 BL/SB A20 D11 AVSS 0.5 BN/SB
B5 C12 AVSS 0.5 W A19 D12 AVSS 0.5 W
A9 C13 AVSS 0.5 BN/W A8 D13 AVSS 0.5 BN/R
A7 C14 AVSS 0.5 B/BL A17 D14 AVSS 0.5 BN
A18 C15 AVSS 0.5 BL/W – D15 –
B12 C16 AVSS 0.5 Y/SB – D16 –
B7 C17 AVSS 0.5 GN A14 D17 AVSS 0.5 GN/SB
A15 C18 AVSS 0.5 SB A13 D18 AVSS 0.5 BL/W
B13 C19 AVSS 0.5 Y/GN A12 D19 AVSS 0.5 BL/SB
B14 C20 AVSS 0.5 R/GN B9 D20 AVSS 0.5 SB
Service Information

Alarm, description 387 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Alarm, description
Figure 1
Alarm
1 AVS 0.5 R 2 AVS 0.5 SB
When an abnormality occurs in the running condition of the machine, the buzzer warns the operator to take immediate
action.
WARNING
Do not ignore the alarm and continue to operate the machine! Safely shut down the machine. Inspect and repair the
fault. Failure to comply could result in injury!
The reasons for alarming (at the same time with alarm indicator)
 High temperature of coolant

 Low pressure of engine oil
 Quickfit operation (option)
 Overload warning (option)
Alarm, specifications
Specifications
Item Specifications
Rated voltage, current DC 24 V, 25 mA
Sound pressure level 80 ± 10 dB (25 °C, DC 24 V, 1 m from the alarm)
Operating temperature -10–60 °C (14–140 °F)
Service Information

Instrument panel, 387 Service Information 2014/10/24
description (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Instrument panel, description (I-ECU equipped)

The instrument panel displays the information received from the sensors and switches of the machine to alert the operator
of any abnormality.
The instrument is adjustable for operator viewing angle and is illuminated for night work.
All light bulbs should be checked daily and replaced if burnt-out because the indicators alert the operator of a failure in the
machine.
The panel contains a coolant temperature gauge, fuel gauger and alert indicators to show machine conditions.
The instrument panel utilizes a plug-in printed circuit board (PCB) to facilitate replacement and troubleshooting. If a failure is
suspected always check the plug-in connection.
Figure 1
Instrument panel
I-ECU electrical circuit

Figure 2
IM3803 Fuel level gauge LC3201 Battery charge warning

IM3811 Engine coolant temperature gauge LC9201 Quick fit
IM3803 Fuel level gauge LC2901 Overload warning
LC3801 Central warning lamp LC9107 Power boost
LC2201 Engine oil pressure warning LC9112 Boom float operation
LC2601 Engine coolant temperature warning lamp LC9110 Hammer operation
LC2602 Engine coolant level warning lamp LC9111 Shear operation
LC2602 Engine coolant level warning lamp LC2502 Preheating indicator
LC2501 Air cleaner clogging warning LC9103 Hydraulic oil temperature warning
lamp
Service Information

Contronic service display 387 Service Information 2014/10/24
unit, display group 1
general information
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 1 general information
Figure 1
Initial screen
The following information is shown on the display:
xxxxxx Shows machine type.
yyyyyy Shows serial number.
zz Shows key number.
Figure 2
Information
Prod. Date Shows production date.
xxxxxx Shows total engine hours.
yyy Shows kW of rated power.
zzzz Shows rpm of rated power.
Figure 3
Set up
The display unit shows language and units of measurement. There are five languages and five units that may be selected.
Language: English
German
French
Spanish
Portuguese
Unit °C → F/kPa → bar → psi/lit → gal
Change language or unit by pressing the key .
Select language or unit by pressing the key .

The cursor "*" indicates the selected item between language and unit.
The cursor "^" indicates the selected item units.
Figure 4
ECU version
The following information is shown on the display.
VECU x x x x x x Shows V-ECU part number.
EECU x x x x x x Shows E-ECU part number.
MDU x x x x x x Shows MDU part number.
Figure 5
MSW version
VECU x x x x x x Shows main software part number of V-ECU.
EECU x x x x x x Shows main software part number of E-ECU.
Figure 6
DST1 version
VECU x x x x x x Shows data set 1 part number of V-ECU.
EECU x x x x x x Shows data set 1 part number of E-ECU.
Figure 7
DST2 version
VECU x x x x x x Shows data set 2 part number of V-ECU.
EECU x x x x x x Shows data set 2 part number of E-ECU.
Service Information

Machine display unit 387 Service Information 2014/10/24
(MDU), description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Machine display unit (MDU), description

The machine display unit (MDU) displays the fault code after self diagnosing of the V-ECU and E-ECU.
It can inquire selectively about the machine operating condition.
It can display the engine operating condition though the E-ECU has a malfunction.
If the start switch is turned to the ON position, all status indications are turned ON for 1 second.
Figure 1
Machine display unit (MDU)
MDU, pin specifications connector 112
No. Description No. Description

1 CAN1_H (J1939_H) 7 CAN1_L (J1939_L)
2 Shield GND (J1939) 8 Shield GND (J1587)
3 Auto/manual switch input 9 V-ECU Status
4 Battery GND 10 Battery GND
5 Battery +24V 11 Battery +24V
6 J1587_B 12 J1587_A
Service Information

unit, display group 2,
engine system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 2, engine system
Figure 1
Engine 1
The following information is displayed on the unit:
Speed xxxx Shows engine speed in rpm (if fault is detected, error code is displayed)
Request speed yyyy Shows requested engine speed in rpm.
Engine % Load zzz % Shows engine load as a percent.
Figure 2
Engine 2
Oil Press. xxx kPa Shows engine oil pressure according to the unit that was selected for display
(if fault is detected, error code is displayed).
Oil Temp. yyy °C[ 1]  Shows engine oil temperature according to the unit that was selected for
display (if fault is detected, error code is displayed).
Air Filter zzzzzz Shows "normal" at normal air filter status and "full" at full air filter status.
Figure 3
Engine 3
Coolant Temp. xxx °C Shows engine coolant temperature according to the unit that was selected for
Coolant Level yyyyyy Shows "normal" at normal coolant level and "low" at low coolant level.
Fuel Used zzzzzzzz l Shows total amount of used fuel according to the unit that was selected for
display.
Figure 4
Engine 4
Fuel Press. xxx kPa[ 2]  Shows fuel pressure according to the unit that was selected for display (if fault
is detected, error code is displayed).
Fuel Temp. yyy °C Shows fuel temperature according to the unit that was selected for display (if
fault is detected, error code is displayed).
Fuel Rate zzz l/h Shows fuel consumption rate.
Figure 5
Engine 5
Boost Press. xxx kPa Shows boost pressure according to the unit that was selected for display
(if fault is detected, error code is displayed).
Inlet Press. yyy kPa Shows air inlet pressure according to the unit that was selected for
Barometer zzz kPa Shows barometric pressure according to the unit that was selected for
display (if faulty is detected, error code is displayed).
Figure 6
Engine 6
Inlet Temp. xxx °C Shows air inlet temperature according to the unit that was selected for
Boost Temp. yyy °C Shows boost temperature according to the unit that was selected for
[ 1]Not supported in this model.

Service Information

(MDU), status indication
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Machine display unit (MDU), status indication

Controller and communication system indicator (red)
Figure 1
Controller and communication system indicator
The lamp is ON when any error has occurred in controller and communication system.
Electric system indicator (red)
Figure 2
Electric system indicator
The lamp is ON when any error has occurred in electric system.

Hydraulic system indicator (red)
Figure 3
Hydraulic system indicator
The lamp is ON when any error has occurred in hydraulic system.

Engine system indicator (red)
Figure 4
Engine system indicator
The lamp is ON when any error has occurred in engine system.

NOTE!
If operations are continued, it may lead to engine damage.
Main display window (red)
Figure 5
Main display window
The window consists of four segments.

Display content order in accordance with item select switch.
Engine speed ⇒ Battery voltage ⇒ Hammer operating hour (option) ⇒ Key number ⇒ Setting pump flow rate (option) ⇒
Error code
If item select switch is pushed when the setting pump flow rate (option) is displayed, the flow rate unit is changed (liter ⇒
gallon ⇒ liter). Setting pump flow rate (option) is displayed for 10 seconds when setting value is changed.
Mode display window (red)
Figure 6
Mode display window
The window consists of two segments.

In accordance with engine speed control switch, the window displays setting modes.
Engine speed indicating lamp (red)
Figure 7
Engine speed indicating lamp
When the engine speed is displayed in main display window the lamp is ON simultaneously.
Voltage indicating lamp (red)
Figure 8
Voltage indicating lamp
When the voltage is displayed in main display window the lamp is ON simultaneously.
Hammer operating hour lamp (red)
Figure 9
Hammer operating hour lamp
When the hammer operating hour is displayed in main display window the lamp is ON simultaneously.
Key number indicating lamp (red)
Figure 10
Key number indicating lamp
When the key number is displayed in main display window the lamp is ON simultaneously.
Item select switch (green)
Figure 11
Item select switch
Display contents in main display window can be selected by this switch.

Error codes can be displayed or deleted by this switch.
Service Information

electrical system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 3, electrical system
Figure 1
Voltage
Battery Volt. xx.x V Shows battery (V-ECU input) voltage in Volt (if fault is detected, error code is
displayed).
EECU Volt yy.y V Shows battery (E-ECU input) voltage in Volt (if fault is detected, error code is
displayed).
Figure 2
ON/OFF Input signal 1

Start SW ACC x Shows input signal of start switch ACC as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Start SW R2 x Shows input signal of start switch R2 as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Power maximum SW x Shows input signal of power maximum mode switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Figure 3

Auto Decel SW x Shows input signal of auto deceleration selection switch as 0 (OFF) or 1
(ON).
Rotator SW x Shows input signal of rotator switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Boost/Hammer SW x Shows input signal of the boost/hammer/shear selection switch as 0
(OFF) or 1 (ON).
Figure 4

Float Position SW x Shows input signal of float position selection switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Safety Lever SW x Shows input signal of safety lever switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Hammer Sel. SW x Shows input signal of the hammer selection switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Figure 5
Analog Input signals

Speed Control SW x Shows input signal of the engine speed control switch as value (1–9).
Flow Control SW x Shows input signal of the flow control switch (option) as value (1–9).
Status for optional equipment may not appear on the screen until it has been equipped and connected to the V-ECU in the
machine.
Figure 6
ON/OFF Output signal 1

EECU CutOff Relay x Shows output signal of the E-ECU power cutoff relay as 0 (OFF) or 1
(ON).
VECU CutOff Relay x Shows output signal of the V-ECU power cutoff relay as 0 (OFF) or 1
(ON).
Preheater Ind. x Shows output signal of the preheater indicator as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Figure 7

Hyd Oil Temp. Ind. x[ 1]  Shows output signal of the hydraulic oil temperature indicator as 0 (OFF)
or 1 (ON).
Coolant Temp. Ind. x Shows output signal of the coolant temperature high indicator as 0 (OFF)
or 1 (ON).
Coolant Level Ind. x Shows output signal of the coolant level indicator as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Figure 8

Air Cleaner Ind. x Shows output signal of the air cleaner indicator as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Float Position Ind. x Shows output signal of the float position indicator as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON)

Service Information

(MDU), display status
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Machine display unit (MDU), display status

Normal condition of machine
If the start switch is turned to ON position, all lamps are ON for one second and then engine speed is displayed on main
display window and engine speed indicating lamp is ON.
’WAIT’ is displayed on main display window until engine speed is displayed on main display window.
By selecting item select switch, display contents on main display window are changed from engine speed to battery voltage,
hammer operating hour (option), key number, setting pump flow rate (option) and error code.
When error code is selected, occurred error codes are displayed consecutively.
If pump flow rate (option) is changed, it is displayed on main display window for a 10 seconds.
Setting mode is displayed on mode display window.
Abnormal condition of machine
Controller and communication system, electric system, hydraulic system or engine system indicator is ON in accordance with
the result of self diagnosis.
Error code in question is displayed on main display window.
If the error codes are more than two, they are displayed consecutively.
Error code disappears when item select switch is pushed.
All the error codes which occurred after turning start switch to ON position, can be displayed if error code is selected by
item selecting switch.
If abnormal condition disappears, error code disappears on main display window and MDU returns to normal condition
operation.
Service Information

hydraulic system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 4, hydraulic system
Figure 1
Hydraulic 1
Oil Temp. xxx °C[ 1]  Shows hydraulic oil temperature according to the unit that was selected for
Power Shift yyy mA Shows power shift valve current according to the unit that was selected for
Flow Control zzz mA Shows flow control valve current (option) according to the unit that was selected
for display (if fault is detected, error code is displayed).
machine.
Figure 2
Hydraulic 2
Attach Port Press. x Shows input signal of the attachment port pressure switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Travel Port Press. x Shows input signal of the travel port pressure switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Hammer Port Press. x Shows input signal of the hammer port pressure switch (option) as 0 (OFF) or 1
(ON).
machine.
Figure 3
Hydraulic 3
Boost Sol. x Shows input signal of the power boost Solenoid switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Cut off Sol. x Shows input signal of the conflux cut off Solenoid switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
T. Motor Relay x Shows input signal of the travel motor relay as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).
Figure 4
Hydraulic 4
Oil Cooler Relay x[ 2]  Shows input signal of the oil cooler fan speed control relay as 0 (OFF) or 1
(ON).
Hammer Hours yyyyyy h Shows total accumulated hammer operating hours.
Float Position Sol. x Shows float position solenoid valve as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON)
machine.
Figure 5
Hydraulic 5
Float Port Press. x Shows input signal of the float port pressure switch as 0 (OFF) or 1 (ON).

Service Information

(MDU), error code displays
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Machine display unit (MDU), error code displays

NOTE!
It should be possible to read all error codes in the service tool VCADS Pro/Contronic service display unit.
Controller and communication error code group

Function group 3
Figure 1
Error code
Electric error code group

Function group 3
Figure 2
Error code
Hydraulic error code group

Function group 9
Figure 3
Error code
Engine error code group

Function group 2
Figure 4
Error code
Service Information

program mode
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 5, program mode
Figure 1
Entrance
xxxx Shows different random number.
Different random number appears on the display by pressing key 3 times.

Figure 2
Key No
xx Shows key number.
Press key to select the digit from left to right.

The cursor "^" indicates the selected digit.
Press key to increment the selected digit.

Figure 3
Product date
xx Shows the date of production.
MAY Shows the month of production.
yy Shows the year of production.
Press key to select the digit from left to right.

The cursor "^" indicates the selected digit.
Press key to increase the selected digit.

Service Information

unit, display group 6, self
diagnosis result
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 6, self diagnosis result
Figure 1
Diagnostic 0
xx Shows the total number of active errors.
Press the key to select all error code items.

The cursor "*" indicates that all the error code items are selected.
Press the key to erase all the logged error history.

Figure 2
Diagnostic 1
11 Shows error code of V-ECU.
12 Shows error code of E-ECU.
13 Shows error code of data bus CAN/SAE J1939 for E-ECU.
w Shows active error status as s (error) or c (no error).
xxxxx Shows the time in initial occurrence of the error according to machine hour.
yyyyy Shows the time in the latest occurrence of the error according to machine hour.
zz Shows the total number of occurrence of the error.
Press key to select error code item.

The cursor "*" indicates the selected error code item.
Press key to erase the logged error history.

If there is no error or the logged error history has been erased, the value "w xxxxx yyyyy zz" is displayed as "-------------".
Figure 3
Diagnostic 2
14 Shows error code of data bus SAE J1708/J1587 for E-ECU.
21 Shows error code of battery (V-ECU input) voltage high.
31 Shows error code of power shift valve.


Figure 4
Diagnostic 3
32 Shows error code of flow control valve (option).
4 1[T1] Shows error code of engine oil temperature sensor.
42 Shows error code of boost temperature sensor.
[T1]Not supported in this model


Status for optional equipment may not appear on the screen until it has been set in the Program Mode.
See the display group 5 program mode for more details.
Figure 5
Diagnostic 4
43 Shows error code of engine speed sensor (crank).
44 Shows error code of boost pressure sensor.
45 Shows error code of engine oil pressure sensor.


Figure 6
Diagnostic 5
46 Shows error code of coolant level sensor.
47 Shows error code of coolant temperature sensor.
48 Shows error code of engine position sensor (cam/needle).


Figure 7
Diagnostic 6
4 9[ 1]  Shows error code of fuel delivery pressure sensor.
4A Shows error code of air inlet pressure sensor.
4B Shows error code of air inlet temperature sensor.


Figure 8
Diagnostic 7
4C Shows error code of ambient air pressure sensor.
4D Shows error code of fuel temperature sensor.
4E Shows error code of battery (E-ECU input) voltage.


Figure 9
Diagnostic 8
4 F[ 2]  Shows error code of engine speed sensor (pump).



Service Information

unit, general
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, general
Figure 1
Service socket
NOTE!
When data is missing or is irrelevant for the machine type, a dash (–) is shown.
Contronic service display unit

The service display unit is connected to service socket above the cab radio. The display unit is used for service/
troubleshooting and gives additional information which can be seen on the information display unit.
The service display unit is started by pressing keys and at the same time.
Figure 2
Contronic display unit
The displays are divided into 6 groups:
1. General information
2. Engine system
3. Electrical system
4. Hydraulic system
5. Program mode
6. Self diagnosis result
Contronic service display, navigator 1
Figure 3
The top activating key and bottom activating key are used to select or change parameters on the screen.
With the top display key , the display is moved to the first display in the next group.
With the bottom display key , the display is moved to the next display within a group. When the final display in the
group has been reached, you are returned to the first display in that group.
Figure 4
Contronic service display unit navigator 2
The display unit consists of 4 rows of information with 20 characters/row. It is updated at an interval of 0.25 seconds.
Five different languages can be selected (English, German, Spanish, French and Portuguese).
There are five units that can be selected (°C, F/kPa, bar, psi/lit, gal).
Service Information

Error messages 387 Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Error messages
For some errors that may occur while operating, an error message is shown on the display unit on the front instrument
panel. At the same time, a buzzer sounds and if the error is serious, the central warning lamp is alight. The buzzer is shut off
by pushing the acknowledgement button once and the error message is removed by two pushes.
Figure 1
Message Center Display (MCD)
Service Information

Error messages on 387 Service Information 2014/10/24
hydraulic system
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Error messages on hydraulic system

Model Serial number

EC240B 80001 ~ 110000
EC290B 80001 ~ 110000
EC330B 80001 ~ 110000
EC360B 80001 ~ 110000
EC460B 80001 ~ 110000
Power shift proportional valve
Figure 1
Error code From MID Signal FMI code Central warning Buzzer Source
lamp
31 187 PPID 1190 3 Blink Caution Power shift PV, High voltage
187 PPID 1190 4 Blink Caution Power shift PV, low voltage
187 PPID 1190 5 Blink Caution Power shift PV, open circuit
Flow control proportional valve
Figure 2
lamp
32 187 PPID 1191 3 Blink Caution Flow control proportional valve,
too high voltage, shorted high
187 PPID 1191 4 Blink Caution Flow control proportional valve,
too low voltage, shorted low
187 PPID 1191 5 Blink Caution Flow control proportional valve,
too low current, open circuit
Oil cooler proportional valve
Figure 3
lamp
187 PPID 1114 3 Blink Caution Oil cooler proportional valve,
too high voltage, shorted high
too low voltage, shorted low
too low current, open circuit
X1 PWM input (EC240B only)
Figure 4
lamp
187 PPID 1196 8 Blink Caution Abnormal frequency
187 PPID 1196 12 Blink Caution Bad component
X3 PWM input (EC240B only)

Figure 5
lamp
187 PPID 1197 8 Blink Caution Abnormal frequency
187 PPID 1197 12 Blink Caution Bad component
X1 left proportional valve (EC240B only)
Figure 6
lamp
187 PPID 1198 3 Blink Caution X1 left proportional valve, too
high voltage, shorted high
low voltage, shorted low
low current, open circuit
X1 right proportional valve (EC240B only)
Figure 7
lamp
187 PPID 1199 3 Blink Caution X1 right proportional valve, too
187 PPID 1199 5 Blink Caution X1 right proportional valve, low
current, open circuit
X3 left proportional valve (EC240B only)
Figure 8
lamp
X3 right proportional valve (EC240B only)
Figure 9
lamp
Fuel sensor
Figure 10
lamp
187 PID 96 0 Blink Caution Fuel sensor, too high
187 PID 96 4 Blink Caution Fuel sensor, too low voltage,
shorted low
187 PID 96 5 Blink Caution Fuel sensor, too low current,
open circuit
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Figure 11
lamp
187 PPID 1156 3 Blink Caution Hydraulic oil temperature
sensor, too high voltage
187 PPID 1156 4 Blink Caution Hydraulic oil temperature
sensor, too low voltage
Service Information

unit, description (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, description (I-ECU equipped)

The service display unit is connected to a connector above the radio in the cab. The unit is used for service/troubleshooting
and provides more information than that which can be read on the information display unit.
Figure 1
Service display unit 999 3721
Using the service display unit, it is possible to read stored information regarding pressure and temperature. It is also possible
to change settings and reset logged values.
The service display unit is started by pressing the keys and simultaneously.
The displays are divided into 6 groups:
1. General information
2. Engine system
3. Electrical system
4. Hydraulic system
5. Program mode
6. Self diagnosis result
With the upper display key go to the first display in the next group, regardless of the present display.
With the lower display key continue to the next display in the group. When the final display in the group has been
reached, the first display in that group is shown again.
To perform settings, keys and are used.

The display unit consists of 4 rows of information with 20 characters per row, and is updated at intervals of 0.5 seconds.
Two unit combinations can be selected: Metric (°C, km, bar)/ Foot-pound (°F, mile, psi).
Connection
Figure 2
Socket for service display unit
The service display unit is connected to the socket in the electrical distribution box.
Overview of service display unit's displays
Figure 3
Service display unit 999 3721
Service Information

general information (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 1, general information

(I-ECU equipped)
General information
Title Screen Description

Initial screen
xxxxxx : Value (EC140B/EC160B/...)
yyyyyy : Value
zz : Value
Information
xxxxxx : Value
yyy : Value (kW)
zz : Value (rpm)
Setting - Press "#" key to select language or units (with

wraparound)
- Cursor "*" indicates the selected item between
language and unit.
- Press "*" key to change language or unit.
- Cursor "∧" indicates the selected item of units.
xxxxxxxx : Language (with wraparound), English/
German/French/Spanish/Portuguese.
Measurement units (with wraparound) : ° C → ° F/kPa →
bar → psi/lit → gal
ECU version
XXXXXXXX : ECU part number
MSW version
XXXXXXXX : Main software part numbers
DST1 version
XXXXXXXX : Dataset 1 part numbers
DST2 version
XXXXXXXX : Dataset 2 part numbers

Service Information

engine system (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 2, engine system (I-ECU

equipped)
Engine system

Engine 1 xxxx : Value/ER (faulty)
yyyy : Value
zzz : Value
Engine 2 xxx : Value/ER (faulty)

yyy : Value/ER (faulty)
xxxxxx : Normal/Full
Engine 3 yyy : Value/ER (faulty)

zzzzzz : Normal/Low (faulty)
xxxxxxxx : Value

zzz : Value/ER (faulty)
xxx : Value

zzz: Value/ER (faulty)
xxx: Value/ER (faulty)

xxxxx :Normal/Low
Service Information

electrical system (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 3, electrical system (I-

ECU equipped)
Electrical system

Voltage xx.x : Value/ER (faulty)
yy.y: Value/ER (faulty)
zz.z : Value/ER (faulty)
On/Off Input x : 0/1 (0 ; OFF, 1 ; ON)

Signal 1

Signal 2

Signal 3

Signal 4

Signal 5
Analog Input x : Value (1~9)

Signals
On/Off Output x : 0/1 (0 ; OFF, 1 ; ON)

Signals
Service Information

hydraulic system (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 4, hydraulic system (I-

ECU equipped)
Hydraulic system

Hydraulic 1 xxx : Value/ER (faulty)
yyy : Value/ER (faulty)
Hydraulic 2 x : 0/1 (0; OFF, 1; ON)

yyyyyy : Value

Service Information

program mode (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 5, program mode (I-ECU

equipped)
Program mode

Entrance Press "#" key 3 times
Different random numbers will appear on the screen.
xxxx : Random Number
Key No Press "#" key to select digit (from left to right with wrap
around)
Cursor " ∧ " indicates selected digit
Press "*" key to increment selected digit
Product Date Press "#" key to select digit (from left to right with wrap
around)
Cursor " ∧ " indicates selected digit
Press "*" key to increment selected digit
xx : Date, MAY: Month, yy: Year
Service Information

diagnosis result (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 6, self diagnosis result (I-
ECU equipped)
Self diagnosis result
Title Display item Description

Diagnostic 0 xx : Total number of active errors
Press '#" key to select total item
Cursor "*" indicates that the total items selected
Press "*" key to erase ALL the logged error history
Diagnostic 1 11: VECU

12: EECU
13: J1939 (fast link)-EECU
Diagnostic 2 14: J1587 (slow link) -EECU

15: IECU
Diagnostic 3 22: Battery (VECU input) voltage

23: Engine speed control switch
31: Fuel level sensor
Diagnostic 4 32: Power shift valve

34: Boost solenoid
35: Conflux cutoff solenoid
Diagnostic 5 41: Engine oil temperature sensor 1

42: Boost temperature 1
43: Engine speed sensor (Crank)
Diagnostic 6 44: Boost pressure sensor

45: Engine oil pressure sensor
46: Coolant level sensor 1
Diagnostic 7 47: Coolant temperature
48: Engine position sensor (Cam/Needle)
49: Fuel delivery pressure (Sensor 1)
Diagnostic 8 4A: Air inlet pressure (Sensor 1)

4B: Air inlet temperature (Sensor 1)
4C: Ambient air pressure (Sensor 1)
Diagnostic 9 4D: Fuel temperature (Sensor 1)

4E: Battery (EECU input) voltage 1
4F: Engine speed Sensor (Pump)
Diagnostic 10 4G: Water separator

4H: Engine oil level
4I: Crank case pressure
Diagnostic 1 4J: Inlet air heater status

4K: Inlet air heater driver
4L: Fuel filter clogging
For Diagnostic 1 to Diagnostic 9, see the description following.
 Press "#" key to select item (with wraparound)

 Cursor "*" indicates selected item
 First and second column: Error codes
 W: Status of active error (s; error, c; no error
 xxxxx: Time of initial occurrence (according to machine hours)
 yyyyy: Time of the latest occurrence (according to machine hours)
 zz: Total number of occurrences
 Press "*" key to erase the logged error history
 If there is no error or the error has been erased, the value " w xxxxx yyyyy zz" will be displayed as "-----------"
NOTE!
Display item 1) : Cannot be shown for models with the Deutz EMR engine
Display item 5) : Status for optional equipment may not appear on the screen until it has been equipped and connected to
the VECU in the machine
Service Information

diagnosis result (I-ECU
equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, display group 6, self diagnosis result (I-
ECU equipped)
Self diagnosis result
Title Display item Description

Diagnostic 0 xx : Total number of active errors
Press '#" key to select total item
Cursor "*" indicates that the total items selected
Press "*" key to erase ALL the logged error history
Diagnostic 1 11: VECU

12: EECU
13: J1939 (fast link)-EECU
Diagnostic 2 14: J1587 (slow link) -EECU

15: IECU
21: Battery (VECU Input) Voltage
Diagnostic 3 22: Engine speed control switch

23: Fuel level sensor
31: Power shift valve
Diagnostic 4 32: Flow control

34: Boost solenoid
35: Conflux cutoff solenoid
Diagnostic 5 41: Engine oil temperature sensor 1

42: Boost temperature 1
43: Engine speed sensor (Crank)
Diagnostic 6 44: Boost pressure sensor

45: Engine oil pressure sensor
46: Coolant level sensor 1
Diagnostic 7 47: Coolant temperature
48: Engine position sensor (Cam/Needle)
49: Fuel delivery pressure (Sensor 1)
Diagnostic 8 4A: Air inlet pressure (Sensor 1)

4B: Air inlet temperature (Sensor 1)
4C: Ambient air pressure (Sensor 1)
Diagnostic 9 4D: Fuel temperature (Sensor 1)

4E: Battery (EECU input) voltage 1
4F: Engine speed Sensor (Pump)
Diagnostic 10 4G: Water separator

4H: Engine oil level
4I: Crank case pressure
Diagnostic 11 4J: Inlet air heater status

4K: Inlet air heater driver
4L: Fuel filter clogging
For Diagnostic 1 to Diagnostic 9, see the description following.
 Press "#" key to select item (with wraparound)

 Cursor "*" indicates selected item
 First and second column: Error codes
 W: Status of active error (s; error, c; no error
 xxxxx: Time of initial occurrence (according to machine hours)
 yyyyy: Time of the latest occurrence (according to machine hours)
 zz: Total number of occurrences
 Press "*" key to erase the logged error history
 If there is no error or the error has been erased, the value " w xxxxx yyyyy zz" will be displayed as "-----------"
NOTE!
Display item 1) : Cannot be shown for models with the Deutz EMR engine
Display item 5) : Status for optional equipment may not appear on the screen until it has been equipped and connected to
the VECU in the machine
Service Information

unit, texts and translation
summary (I-ECU equipped)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Contronic service display unit, texts and translation summary (I-ECU

equipped)
For texts translation into each languages, see the following.
Figure 1
Texts and translation summary 1 for service display unit.
Figure 2
Texts and translation summary 2 for service display unit.
Service Information

Radio with tape player, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Radio with tape player, description

 A high quality AM, FM radio and cassette tape unit, powered through the start switch.
 If the cassette mute switch (option) is installed and turned to ON, the audio through is cut off even when the
cassette power is ON.
 For the operating method, see the operator’s manual.
Figure 1
Radio with tape player
Service Information

description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Radio with tape player, description
Figure 1
Item Description Item Description

1 Audio mode 8 Eject
2 FM / AM 9 Power / Volume
3 Tape 10 Tune seek
4 Preset 1 11 Preset 4
5 Preset 2 12 Preset 5 / REW
6 Preset 3 13 Preset 6 / FF
7 Cassette door 14 LCD
Service Information

Audio remote controller, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Audio remote controller, description
Figure 1
Audio remote controller
S1 Volume down AUD Audio system

S2 Volume up 1 Switching signal (SW+)
S3 Audio source selection 2 Switching signal (SW-)
S4 Search up 3 Ground
S5 Search down 4 Illumination
S6 Mute 5 N/A
S7 Power on/off 6 Power from audio system
REM Audio remote controller
Service Information

description (new type)
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Radio with tape player, description (new type)

 A high quality AM, FM radio and cassette tape unit, powered through the start switch.
 If the cassette mute switch (option) is installed and turned to ON, the audio through is cut off even when the
cassette power is ON.
 For the operating method, see the operator’s manual.
Figure 1
Radio with cassette
Service Information

Radio, description Service Information 2014/10/24
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Radio, description
Figure 1

1 Audio mode 7 Tune seek
2 FM / AM 8 Preset 4
5 Preset 3 11 LCD
6 Power / Volume
Service Information

Radio with CD and MP3 Service Information 2014/10/24
player, description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
Radio with CD and MP3 player, description

CD and MP3 player with radio
Figure 1

1 Power / Volume 10 Preset 1 / REW
2 Seek track 11 Preset 2 / FF
3 LCD 12 Preset 3 / SCR
4 CD door 13 Preset 4 / RDM
5 BSM (Best Station Memory) 14 Preset 5 / RPT
6 Search adjuster / Audio mode 15 Preset 6 / MARK
7 CD indicator 16 Eject
8 FM / AM 17 Auxiliary jack
9 CD / AUX
Connection
Figure 2
Pin connections

1 Power (12 V) 9 Tail (+)
2 Ground, tail 10 Not available
3 Not available 11 Right speaker (+)
4 Right speaker (-) 12 Power signal from remote controller
5 Left speaker (-) 13 Ground, remote controller
6 Not available 14 Left speaker (+)
7 Antenna 15 Not available
8 Back up (+) 16 Ground
Service Information

DC–DC converter, Service Information 2014/10/24
description
Profile:
EXC, EC290B LC [GB]
DC–DC converter, description

 The converter lowers battery voltage of 24V to supply the working voltage for cassette.
Figure 1
DC-DC converter
1 AVS 0.85 W (24 V) 4 AVS 0.85 BL (ACC)

2 AVS 0.85 R (12 V) 5 AVS 0.85 GN (B/U)
3 AVS 0.85 SB (GND)
Inspection method
 Put the tester in the voltage measuring position, and measure the voltage across the output and ground terminals.
Thank you for your purchase.
Have a nice day.
file:///C|/Users/app/Documents/yeqiwen-END.txt[2014/10/24 16:49:47]

3 Elec. System, Warning System, Information System, Instruments-Volvo EC290BLC

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3 Elec. System, Warning System, Information System, Instruments-Volvo EC290BLC

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Information

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electrical system, description

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, general

Also read instructions in Section Safety and in the Operator's Manual.

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, electrical

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, electrical

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, electronic

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electrical system, special instructions for servicing, action when

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Auxiliary start with start cables

Connect start cables as follows:

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Electronic control system, description

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Communication with data buses

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Data buses, function

Data buses constitute a way to transmit information between different components.

PPID Proprietary Parameter I dentification Description (Volvo-uniqueidentification of parameter/value).

PSID Proprietary Subsystem I dentification Description. (Volvo-uniqueidentification of component).

FMI Failure Mode I dentifier (identification of failure type).

The message consists of four parts, A, B, C and D.

Message on data bus

B PID. PID 100 shows component oil pressure sensor.

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Service connection and programming connection

 Programming of control units

 Reading of error codes

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Instrument control unit I-ECU, function description

After engine starting

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Go back to Index Page

Engine control unit E-ECU, function description

 Fuel amounts, injection pump

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Go back to Index Page

Engine control unit E-ECU, function description

 Control of fuel injection (Common Rail)

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Vehicle control unit V-ECU, function description

Inputs and outputs

Inputs ECU Outputs

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Vehicle control unit V-ECU, function description (I -ECU equipped)

The V-ECU is mounted on the inside right hand cab wall.

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Go back to Index Page

Vehicle control unit V-ECU, function description

No Component Pin No Signal type Input type

No Component Pin No Signal type Input type

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date:

Go back to Index Page

Vehicle control unit V-ECU, function description

Pin No Component Description Input type

Pin No Component Description Input type

Document Title: Function Group: Information Type: Date: